2010 mazda3 om

Black plate (1,1)

Mazda3_8AD2-EA-08K_Edition1 Page1Thursday, October 9 2008 1:4 PM

Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (2,1)


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (3,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safervehicles.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

PerchlorateCertain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] maycontain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2008 Mazda Motor CorporationPrinted in Japan Nov. 2008(Print1)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (4,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGA WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage toyour vehicle, or both, could result ifthe caution is ignored.

NOTEA NOTE provides information and sometimessuggests how to make better use of yourvehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (5,1)


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer InformationImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (6,1)


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (7,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Interior Overview .......................................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View A) .................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View B) .................................................... 1-3Interior Equipment (View C) .................................................... 1-4

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5Front (4 Door) ........................................................................... 1-5Rear (4 Door) ............................................................................ 1-6Front (5 Door) ........................................................................... 1-7Rear (5 Door) ............................................................................ 1-8

1-1


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (8,1)

Interior Equipment (View A)

Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-31Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-32DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-26Turn and lane-change signals ............................................................................ page 5-60Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-56Dashboard illumination knob ............................................................................ page 5-37Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-34Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-62Lock release lever .............................................................................................. page 3-58Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-58Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-41Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-43

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Interior Overview


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (9,1)

Interior Equipment (View B)

Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-56SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-44Multi information display .................................................................................. page 6-98Navigation system (if equipped) .......................................... Refer to the separate manualAudio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-18Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-96Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-68Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6Accessory socket ............................................................................................. page 6-113MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-9AT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-12Push button start ................................................................................................ page 3-11Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-19Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-46


Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (10,1)

Interior Equipment (View C)

Seat belts ............................................................................................................ page 2-16SRS air bag ........................................................................................................ page 2-44Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-44Trunk release lever ............................................................................................. page 3-38Bottle holder .................................................................................................... page 6-109Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-94Overhead lights .................................................................................................. page 6-95Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-59Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-94Seat warmer switches ........................................................................................ page 2-14Cup holders ...................................................................................................... page 6-108Front seats ............................................................................................................ page 2-2Center console ................................................................................................. page 6-110Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-9

1-4



Interior Overview


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (11,1)

Front (4 Door)

Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-46Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-26Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-47Child safety locks .............................................................................................. page 3-34Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33Door lock ........................................................................................................... page 3-31Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-37


Exterior Overview



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (12,1)

Rear (4 Door)

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-37Rear window antenna ........................................................................................ page 6-17Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-58Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-44Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-37

1-6



Exterior Overview


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (13,1)

Front (5 Door)

Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-46Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-26Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-47Door lock ........................................................................................................... page 3-31Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-37


Exterior Overview



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (14,1)

Rear (5 Door)

Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-28Liftgate .............................................................................................................. page 3-34Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-17Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-44Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-34Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-58Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-37

1-8



Exterior Overview


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (15,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-4Rear Seat ................................................................................... 2-9Head Restraints ....................................................................... 2-12Seat Warmerí ......................................................................... 2-14

Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-16Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-16Seat Belt .................................................................................. 2-20Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-22Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-24Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-26

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-28Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-28Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-32LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-39

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-44Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................ 2-44Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-48How the SRS Air Bags Work .................................................. 2-49SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria .......................................... 2-53Limitations to SRS Air Bag .................................................... 2-54Driver and Front Passenger Occupant ClassificationSystem ..................................................................................... 2-56Monitoring and Maintenance .................................................. 2-61

2-1íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (16,1)

Front Seats (ManuallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked aredangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback couldmove, causing injury. Make sure theadjustable components of the seatare locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backwardand rocking the seatback.

qSeat Slide

WARNINGAdjust the driver's seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (17,1)

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor:

Your front passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the front passengerseat improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too farwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the frontpassenger sensing system. As a resultthe front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After adjusting the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (18,1)

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

By moving the seat lever up or down, thedriver's seat height can be adjusted.

Down

Up

Front Seats (ElectricallyOperated Seats)

The power operated seat is available onlyon the driver's seat. The front passengerseat is manually operated.Refer to Front Seats (Manually OperatedSeats) (page 2-2) for adjustmentinstructions.

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

2-4


Seats


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (19,1)

CAUTIONØ The seat-bottom power

adjustment is operated by motors.Avoid extended operation becauseexcessive use can damage themotors.

Ø To prevent the battery fromrunning down, avoid using thepower adjustment when theengine is stopped. The adjusteruses a large amount of electricalpower.

Ø Do not use the switch to makemore than one adjustment at atime.

qSeat Slide (Driver's Seat)

To slide the seat, move the slide lifterswitch on the outside of the seat to thefront or back and hold it. Release theswitch at the desired position.

qSeat Recline (Driver's Seat)

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Change the seatback angle by pressing thefront or rear side of the reclining switch.Release the switch at the desired position.


Seats

2-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (20,1)

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

The seat height can be adjusted bymoving the switch up or down.

qSeat Position Memory

One-touch seat position programming andactivation is available on the driver's seat.

CAUTIONWhen activating the seat position, donot place your hands or fingersaround the seat bottom. The seatmoves to the desired positionautomatically, and if your hands orfingers are placed around the seatbottom, it could cause injury.

Set button

Programming of the driver's seat positionsis possible using the following functions:l Programming buttons 1, 2, or 3 and theset button.

l Operation using the advanced key/retractable type keyí

Programmed seat positions can beactivated using the following functions:l Programming buttons 1, 2, or 3.l Operation using advanced keylessfunctions/keyless entry systemí

NOTE(With advanced key/retractable type key)Individual seat positions can be programmedto the three available programming buttons onthe side of the driver's seat, plus one seatposition for each advanced key/retractabletype key used with the vehicle.

2-6


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (21,1)

Operation using the seat-side buttons

Programming

Park the vehicle in a safe location beforeperforming the seat positionprogramming. (Vehicle must be stopped)

1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.For each seat position adjustmentmethod refer to the following pages:Seat Slide (page 2-5)Seat Recline (page 2-5)Height Adjustment (page 2-6)

2. Press the desired programming button1, 2, or 3 while pressing the set buttonuntil a beep sound is heard.The button is programmed after a beepsound is heard. Other buttons can beprogrammed using the same procedure.

NOTEVehicle maintenance or other reasonsrequiring the vehicle battery to bedisconnected will result in the seat positionmemory being erased.In this case, re-program the seat positions.

Setting the driver's seat to a pre-programmed position

There are two methods for setting thedriver's seat to a pre-programmedposition. For example, the type A methodcan be used before sitting in the seat andwhile the driver's door is open, and thetype B method can be used after getting inthe vehicle with the driver's door closed.

TYPE AWhen the ignition switched off and thedriver's door is open, press theprogramming button 1, 2, or 3 for thedesired seating position.

NOTEIn the following cases, the seat position setfunction cancels:l Any of the seat adjustment switches are

operated.l The set switch is pressed.l A programming button 1, 2, or 3 is pressed.l The vehicle starts moving.l Vehicle locking/unlocking is done using the

transmitter.l Vehicle locking/unlocking is done by

pressing the request switch on a front doorwhile the advanced key is being carried.

TYPE BWhen the ignition is switched ON or thedriver's door is closed, press and hold thedesired programming button 1, 2, or 3.

NOTEIn the following cases, the seat position setfunction cancels:l Any of the seat adjustment switches are

operated.l The set switch is pressed.l The vehicle starts moving.

Operation using the advanced key/retractable type keyí

With advanced key

Lock button

Unlock button


Seats

2-7íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (22,1)

With retractable type key

Lock buttonUnlock button

Operation indicator light

Programming

One seat position can be programmed intoeach advanced key/retractable type key.After the following conditions have beenmet, operate the seat and the advancedkey/retractable type key to program theseat positions.l The ignition switched off(The auxiliary key/retractable type keyis removed from the ignition switch)

l The driver's door is open

1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.For each seat position adjustmentmethod, refer to the following pages:Seat Slide (page 2-5)Seat Recline (page 2-5)Height Adjustment (page 2-6)

2. Press and hold the unlock button on theadvanced key/retractable type keywhile pressing the set button until abeep sound is heard.The advanced key/retractable type keyis programmed after a beep sound isheard.

Seat position activation

With the ignition switched off, unlock thedoors using any of the following methodsand open the driver's door within about 40seconds to set the driver's seat to a pre-programmed position.l Press the unlock switch on theadvanced key/retractable type key.

l Press the request switch on a front doorwhile the advanced key is beingcarried.

NOTEIf any of the following occurs, the seat positionactivation function cancels:l The lock/unlock button is pressed while the

key is not inserted into the ignition switchor the key slot.

l A seat adjustment switch is operated.l The vehicle starts moving.l The selected programming button 1, 2, or 3.l The request switch on a front door is

pressed while the advanced key is beingcarried.

l The set switch is pressed.

Erasing memory

After the following conditions have beenmet, press the lock button on theadvanced key/retractable type key whilepressing the set button until a beep soundis heard.l The ignition switch is in the LOCKposition(The auxiliary key/retractable type keyis removed from the ignition switch)

l The driver's door is open

2-8


Seats


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (23,1)

NOTEMemory will also be erased if any of thefollowing operations are performed:l The advanced key/retractable type key code

has been changed.Refer to Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key) on page 3-49.Refer to Immobilizer System (withoutAdvanced Key) on page 3-52.

l The vehicle battery is disconnected forvehicle maintenance or other reasons.

Rear Seat

WARNINGDo not stack cargo higher than theseatbacks or place articles on the rearpackage tray or on the luggagecompartment cover:

Stacking luggage or other cargohigher than the seatbacks, andplacing articles on the rear seat or onthe luggage compartment cover isdangerous. During sudden brakingor a collision, objects can fly aroundand become projectiles that may hitand injure passengers.

Make sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:

Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After returning the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.


Seats

2-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (24,1)

Never allow a passenger to sit or standon the folded seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Driving with a passenger on thefolded seatback is dangerous.Allowing a child to sit up on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving is particularly dangerous. Ina sudden stop or even a minorcollision, a child not in a proper seator child-restraint system and seatbelt could be thrown forward, backor even out of the vehicle resulting inserious injuries or death. The child inthe baggage area could be throwninto other occupants and causeserious injury.

Never give the car keys to children anddo not allow them to play in the vehicle(4 Door):

Playing with the folding rear seats isdangerous. The folding rearseatbacks cannot be folded downfrom inside the trunk. Once theseatbacks are back up, a child in thetrunk would not be able to get outthe way they had entered. If you havesmall children, keep the seatbackslocked.

Always leave your car locked and keepthe car keys safely away from children:

Leaving your car unlocked or thekeys in reach of children isdangerous. Children who find theirway into the trunk through anunlocked rear seatback or an opentrunk can become accidentally lockedin the trunk. This could result indeath or brain damage from heatprostration, particularly in thesummer. Always lock the doors andthe trunk, and as an added measure,keep the rear seatbacks locked,whether you have children in yourhome or not.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEWhen returning a rear seat to its originalposition, also replace the seat belt to itsnormal position. Verify that the seat belt pullsout and retracts.

2-10


Seats


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (25,1)

qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback

To fold the seatbacks

CAUTIONWhen operating the rear seatbackknob, make sure you support theseatback with your hand. If theseatback is not supported with yourhand, it will flip forward suddenlyand could cause injury to the fingerthat pushes the rear seatback knobdown.

1. Position the outboard seat belts to theside when folding the seatbacks down.

2. Support the seatback with your hand.

3. Push the rear seatback knob down.

To return the seatbacks to the uprightposition

1. Position the outboard seat belts to theside.

2. Lift the seatbacks upright.

3. Make sure the seat belts are fullypulled out from under the seatbacks.

4. Pull on the top of the seatbacks frominside the vehicle to make sure they arelocked.

WARNINGAlways make sure the seat belts arefully pulled out from under theseatbacks:

A seat belt caught under a seatbackafter the seatback is returned to itsupright position is dangerous. In acollision or sudden stop, the seat beltcannot provide adequate protection.

When returning the seatback to theupright position, make sure there is nored indication:

A rear seatback not fully returnedand locked in the upright position isdangerous. Sudden stops ormaneuvering could cause a seatbackto flip forward suddenly resulting ininjury. If the red indicator is visible onthe back of the rear seatback knob,the seatback is not locked in theupright position.

Locked position

Unlocked position

Red indicator


Seats

2-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (26,1)

qArmrest

The rear armrest in the center of the rearseatback can be used (no occupant in thecenter seat) or placed upright.

Head RestraintsHead restraints are intended to helpprotect you and the passengers from neckinjury.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsinstalled when seats are being usedand make sure they are properlyadjusted:

Driving with the head restraintsadjusted too low or removed isdangerous. With no support behindyour head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

Height adjustment

To raise a head restraint, pull it up to thedesired position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.Adjust the head restraint so that the top iseven with the top of the passenger's ears,never the passenger's neck to preventinjury.Front seat

2-12


Seats


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (27,1)

Rear seat

Removal/Installation

To remove the head restraint, pull it upwhile pressing the stop-catch.To install the head restraint, press theuprights into the holes while pressing thestop-catch.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsset up when seats are being used andmake sure they are properly set up:

Driving with the head restraints notset up is dangerous. With no supportbehind your head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

qActive Head Restraints

The active head restraints are equipped onthe front seats.In a rear-end collision, the active headrestraints use the force applied by theoccupant on the seatback toinstantaneously move the head restraintsin the forward direction, reducingexcessive rearward tilting of the head andreducing the load on the neck. The activehead restraints are also highly effective atreducing whip-lash injuries whichcommonly occur in rear-end collisions atlow to mid-range vehicle speeds.

WARNINGØ Always adjust the head restraints

properly as specified in thissection. Failure to do so canreduce the effectiveness of theactive head restraint.

Ø Do not attach any accessories suchas a TV screen to a front seatbackand/or a front head restraint. Alsodo not place heavy items or thickitems, or both in the seatbackpocket. Doing so could reduce theeffectiveness of the active headrestraint in a rear-end collision.


Seats

2-13


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (28,1)

NOTEl The active head restraints operate in a

rear-end collision. The head restraintsreturn to their original position after thecollision.

l The method for adjusting the active headrestraints is the same as a normal headrestraint.

Seat Warmerí

The driver and front passenger seats canbe warmed by rotating the applicable seatwarmer dial while the ignition is switchedON.The seat temperature increases as thenumber on the dial increases. When theseat warmers are not in use, rotate the seatwarmer dials to 0.

2-14


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (29,1)

WARNINGØ Be careful when using the seat

warmer. The heat from the seatwarmer may be too hot for somepeople, as indicated below, andcould cause a low-temperatureburn.Ø Infants, small babies, elderly

people, and physicallychallenged people

Ø People with delicate skinØ People who are excessively

fatiguedØ People who are drunkØ People who have taken sleep-

inducing medicine such assleeping pills or cold medicine

Ø Do not use the seat warmer withanything having high moisture-retention ability such as a blanketor cushion on the seat. The seatmay be heated excessively andcause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not use the seat warmer evenwhen taking a short nap in thevehicle. The seat may be heatedexcessively and cause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not place heavy objects withsharp projections on the seat, orinsert needles or pins into it. Thiscould cause the seat to becomeexcessively heated and result ininjury from a minor burn.

CAUTIONDo not use organic solvents to cleanthe seat. It may damage the seatsurface and the heater.

NOTEUse the seat warmer when the engine isrunning, and do not continue to use it for along period of time.


Seats

2-15


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (30,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the waywhen not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only anemergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during acollision.

However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in twomodes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the frontpassenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and makesure any child-restraint system is secured properly.

2-16


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (31,1)

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrownout of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the samecollision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the beltwebbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequateprotection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat beltsystems in use during an accident before they are used again.

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter hasbeen expended:

One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) mayalso deploy at the same time. Like the air bags, the front seat belt pretensioners willonly function once. While it is safer to use a post-crash (a seat belt that was used inan accident) than no front seat belt at all, using a front seat belt with an expendedpretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. If the frontseat belt pretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase.Expended front seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after anycollision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will only limitloads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the frontseat belts inspected. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seatbelt pretensioners and air bags after any collision.


Seat Belt Systems

2-17


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (32,1)

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keepthem clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning theLap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-60).

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling itout slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out againslowly.

2-18


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (33,1)

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting toan unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It willretract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on childrestraint (page 2-28).


Seat Belt Systems

2-19


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (34,1)

Seat Belt

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Seat belt tongue

Lap/shoulder belt

3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seatbelt buckle until you hear a clicksound.

Seat belt buckle

Seat belt tongue

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

Take up slack

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

2-20


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (35,1)

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.If the belt does not fully retract, pull it outand check for kinks or twists. Then makesure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt ifthe seat belt touches your neck, or if itcrosses your arm instead of your shoulder.To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, pushthe adjuster up. To lower the shoulder beltadjuster, pull the adjuster and slide itdown. Make sure the adjuster is locked.

To raise To lower

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.


Seat Belt Systems

2-21


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (36,1)

Front Seat Belt Pretensionerand Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andfront passenger seat belts are equippedwith pretensioner and load limitingsystems. For both these systems to workproperly you must wear the seat beltproperly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the front air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously. The front seat beltretractors remove slack quickly as the airbags are expanding.In addition, the pretensioner system forthe front passenger, like the frontpassenger air bag, is designed to onlydeploy in accordance with the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat. Anytime the air bags and front seat beltpretensioners have fired they must bereplaced. For details, refer to the frontpassenger seat weight sensors (page 2-56).

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have not fired,the load limiting function must bechecked by an Authorized Mazda Dealerafter any collision.

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver andfront passenger seat belts isdangerous. Without properpositioning, the pretensioner andload limiting systems cannot provideadequate protection in an accidentand this could result in serious injury.For more details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-20).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:

One or both front air bags maydeploy, and the correspondingpretensioner(s) may also deploy atthe same time. Like the air bags, thefront seat belt pretensioners will onlyfunction once. While it is safer to usea post-crash (a seat belt that wasused in an accident) than no frontseat belt at all, using a front seat beltwith an expended pretensioner orload limiter loaded reduces the safetyavailable to you. If the front seat beltpretensioners are not replaced, therisk of injury in a collision willincrease. Expended front seat beltpretensioners and air bags must bereplaced after any collision whichcaused them to deploy. Additionally,the load limiter will only limit loadson the chest once in a collision andthis is another reason to have thefront seat belts inspected. Alwayshave an Authorized Mazda Dealerinspect the front seat beltpretensioners and air bags after anycollision.

2-22


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (37,1)

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testing deviceson the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperablewhich would prevent it fromactivating in an accident. Theoccupants or repairers could beseriously injured.

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:

Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrapa pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTEl The pretensioner system will activate in a

moderate or greater frontal or near-frontalcollision. The pretensioner system for thefront passenger is designed to only deployin accordance with the total seated weighton the front passenger seat. It will notactivate in most rollovers, side or rearimpacts.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does not indicatea fire. This gas normally has no effect onoccupants, however, those with sensitiveskin may experience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of the air bagsor the front pretensioner system gets on theskin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off aftera specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition isswitched ON. If any of these occur,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may notwork in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.


Seat Belt Systems

2-23


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (38,1)

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy and this could resultin death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealerto have the vehicle inspected as soonas possible.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

2-24


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (39,1)

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly.In an accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand the user could be seriouslyinjured in an accident. Only use theextender provided for you and for theparticular vehicle and seat. NEVERuse the extender in a different vehicleor seat. If you sell your Mazda, donot leave your seat belt extender inthe vehicle. It could be usedaccidentally by the new owner of thevehicle. After removing the seat beltextender, discard it. Never use theseat belt extender in any othervehicle you may own in the future.

Do not use an extender that is toolong:

Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured.Do not use the extender or chooseone shorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle andthe center of the user's body is lessthan 15 cm (6 in).

NOTEWhen not in use, remove the seat belt extenderand store it in the vehicle. If the seat beltextender is left connected, the seat beltextender might get damaged as it will notretract with the rest of the seat belt and caneasily fall out of the door when not in use andbe damaged. In addition, the seat belt warninglight will not illuminate and function properly.


Seat Belt Systems

2-25


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (40,1)

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition is switched ON.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignition isswitched ON.

The warning lightilluminates for about 1minute and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionis switched ON.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

qBelt Minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate orrestore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger notseated

The belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition is switched ON, thewarning light/beep operates to give youfurther reminders according to the chartbelow.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened: Unfastened: Illuminated: Flashing: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.

2-26


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (41,1)

Driver seated/Front passenger seated

The seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.


Seat Belt Systems

2-27


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (42,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer tothe center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if thechild is seated on the center seat.

Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the airbag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for otherchild-restraint systems.

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thefront passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the frontpassenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passengerseat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the frontpassenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children beproperly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rearseats which are the best place for children.

For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-56).

2-28


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (43,1)

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from thevehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchorsfor LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in asudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bagforces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may beslammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.


Child Restraint

2-29


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (44,1)

Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unlessit is unavoidable:

In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death tothe child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passengerseat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with thefront passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seata child, using a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat underthe following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bagdeploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child.Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front

passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-restraint system.

Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraintsystem.

Ø A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passengerseatback.

Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places forchildren. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

2-30


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (45,1)

Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehiclewith side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area ofthe front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge alongboth sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could causeserious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over oragainst the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate theadvantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additionalside air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better locationfor children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle duringwarm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or yourchild touches them.

NOTEYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCHchild-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-39).


Child Restraint

2-31


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (46,1)

Installing Child-RestraintSystems

Accident statistics reveal that a child issafer in the rear seat. The front passenger'sseat is clearly the worst choice for anychild under 12, and with rear-facing child-restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due toair bags.

Some child-restraint systems now comewith tethers and therefore must beinstalled on the seats that take tethers tobe effective. In your Mazda, tetheredchild-restraint systems can only beaccommodated in the three positions onthe rear seat.

Even if your vehicle is equipped withfront passenger seat weight sensors (page2-56), which automatically deactivates thefront passenger air bag, a rear seat is thesafest place for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-39).

WARNINGTethered Child-Restraint Systems WorkOnly on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:

Installation of a tether equippedchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat defeats the safetydesign of the system and will result inan increased chance of serious injuryif the child-restraint system goesforward without benefit of beingtethered.Place tether equipped child-restraintsystems where there are tetheranchors.

qRear Seat Child-Restraint SystemInstallation

Follow these instructions when using achild-restraint system, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the rear LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-39).

NOTEFollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. If youare not sure whether you have a LATCHsystem or tether, check in the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions and followthem accordingly. Depending on the type ofchild-restraint system, it may use LATCHsystem instead of seat belts or if the belt goesacross the child's chest, may recommendagainst using automatic locking mode.

1. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

2. Remove the head restraint (exceptcenter seat position).Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.

3. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

2-32


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (47,1)

4. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

5. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin the automatic locking mode. If thebelt does not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.

NOTEInspect this function before each use of thechild-restraint system. You should not be ableto pull the shoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automatic lockingmode. When you remove the child-restraintsystem, be sure the belt fully retracts to returnthe system to emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

6. If your child-restraint system requiresthe use of a tether strap, refer to themanufacturer's instructions to hook andtighten the tether strap.

Anchor bracket location (4 Door)

Anchor bracket

Tether strap position (4 Door)

Anchor bracket

Tether strap


Child Restraint

2-33


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (48,1)

Anchor bracket location (5 Dooroutboard position)

Tether strap position (5 Door outboardposition)

Forward

Tether strap

Anchor bracket location (5 Door centerposition)

Tether strap position (5 Door centerposition)

Tether strap

7. Install the head restraint.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.

2-34


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (49,1)

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback(Except center position):

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.

qIf You Must Use the Front Seatfor Children

If you cannot put all children in the rearseat, at least put the smallest children inthe rear and be sure the largest child upfront uses the shoulder belt over theshoulder.NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat, evenwith a seat weight sensor equippedvehicle.This seat is also not set up for tetheredchild-restraint systems, put them in one ofthe rear seat positions set up with tetheranchors.Likewise the LATCH child-restraintsystem cannot be secured in the frontpassenger's seat and should be used in therear seat.Do not allow anyone to sleep against theside window if you have an optional sideand curtain air bag, it could cause seriousinjuries to an out of position occupant. Aschildren more often sleep in cars, it isbetter to put them in the rear seat. Ifinstalling the child-restraint system on thefront seat is unavoidable, follow theseinstructions when using a front-facingchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat.

NOTEl To check if your front seats have side air

bags:Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bagwill have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on theoutboard shoulder of the front seats.

l To check if your vehicle has curtain airbags:Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain airbag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” markingon the window pillars along the roof edge.


Child Restraint

2-35


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (50,1)

WARNINGAlways move the front passenger seatas far back as possible if installing afront-facing child-restraint system on itis unavoidable:

As your vehicle has front air bagsand doubly so because your vehiclehas side air bags, a front-facingchild-restraint system should be puton the front passenger seat onlywhen it is unavoidable.Even if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator lightilluminates, always move the seat asfar back as possible, because theforce of a deploying air bag couldcause serious injury or death to thechild.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem in the front seat with an air bagthat could deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systemson the front seat are particularlydangerous.Even in a moderate collision, thechild-restraint system can be hit by adeploying air bag and movedviolently backward resulting inserious injury or death to the child.Even though you may feel assuredthat the front passenger air bag willnot deploy based on the fact that thefront passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illuminates.

Do not allow a child or anyone to leanover or against the side window of avehicle with side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone tolean over or against the side window,the area of the front passenger seat,the front and rear window pillars andthe roof edge along both sides fromwhich the side and curtain air bagsdeploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact ofinflation from a side or curtain airbag could cause serious injury ordeath to an out of position child.Furthermore, leaning over or againstthe front door could block the sideand curtain air bags and eliminatethe advantages of supplementalprotection. With the front air bag andthe additional side air bag thatcomes out of the front seat, the rearseat is always a better location forchildren. Take special care not toallow a child to lean over or againstthe side window, even if the child isseated in a child-restraint system.

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint System Installation

1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

2-36


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (51,1)

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin automatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat the previous step and also thisone.

NOTEl Inspect this function before each use of the

child-restraint system. You should not beable to pull the shoulder belt out of theretractor while the system is in theautomatic locking mode. When you removethe child-restraint system, be sure the beltfully retracts to return the system toemergency locking mode before occupantsuse the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode.

5. Make sure the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesafter installing a child-restraint systemon the front passenger seat.Refer to Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light on page2-56.


Child Restraint

2-37


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (52,1)

WARNINGDo not seat a child in a child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat ifthe front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminate:

While it is always better to install anychild-restraint system on the rearseat, it is imperative that a child-restraint system ONLY be used on thefront passenger seat if thedeactivation indicator lightilluminates when the child is seatedin the child-restraint system (page2-56). Seating a child in a child-restraint system installed on the frontpassenger seat with the frontpassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isdangerous. If this indicator light doesnot illuminate even when the totalseated weight is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb), thismeans that the front passenger frontand side air bags, and seat beltpretensioner are ready fordeployment. If an accident were todeploy an air bag, a child in a child-restraint system sitting in the frontpassenger seat could be seriouslyinjured or killed. If the indicator lightdoes not illuminate after seating achild in a child-restraint system onthe front passenger seat, seat a childin a child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

2-38


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (53,1)

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemsYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise theseat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systemsmust also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether youmust use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraintsystem attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use theseat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position isoccupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure theseat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child inan improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system couldmove in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are noseat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.


Child Restraint

2-39


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (54,1)

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (RearOutboard Seats)


2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

3. Remove the head restraint.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.

4. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

5. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.


Anchor bracket


Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-40


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (55,1)



Forward

Tether strap

6. Install the head restraint.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.



Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback:

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.




Child Restraint

2-41


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (56,1)

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (RearCenter Seat)

The LATCH lower anchors at the centerof the rear seat are much further apart thanthe sets of LATCH lower anchors forchild-restraint system installation at otherseating positions. Child-restraint systemswith rigid LATCH attachments cannot beinstalled on the center seating position.Some LATCH equipped child-restraintsystems can be placed in the centerposition and will reach the nearestLATCH lower anchors which are 400 mm(15.75 in) apart. LATCH compatiblechild-restraint systems (with attachmentson belt webbing) can be used at thisseating position only if the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions statethat the child-restraint system can beinstalled to LATCH lower anchors that are400 mm (15.75 in) apart. Do not attachtwo child-restraint systems to the sameLATCH lower anchor. If your child-restraint system has a tether, it must alsobe used for your child's optimum safety.






2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

2-42


Child Restraint


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (57,1)

3. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

4. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.


Anchor bracket


Anchor bracket

Tether strap

Anchor bracket position (5 Door)


Tether strap


Child Restraint

2-43


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (58,1)

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verifythe air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” locationindicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)l The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectionin certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions that are notsevere enough to activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

Your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupantclassification system. For details, refer to the driver and front passenger occupantclassification system (page 2-56).

Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in everystate and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraintsystem (page 2-28).

Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

2-44


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (59,1)

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can beexpected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, sidecollisions that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seatbelts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could behit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean againstthe door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-side collision. Wheneverpossible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seat with anappropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing handsor feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bagsinflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is tooclose. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. Thefront seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants shouldadjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against theseatbacks with seat belts worn properly.


SRS Air Bags

2-45


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (60,1)

Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleepingup against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The sideand curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along thedoor on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting tooclose to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab thesides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work bysitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts wornproperly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger airbags deploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interferewith air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of theseat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the sideair bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the frontseats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modulesin your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on thewindshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roofedge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with thecurtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along theroof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirectingthe air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut openreleasing the gas.Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules freeto deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to thesupplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the frontseats.

2-46


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (61,1)

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. Theair bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Front occupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not makeany modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of frontseats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that thebags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and frontpassenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain anundamaged air bag connection.

NOTEl When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.

Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injurieson body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and thatfamiliarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.


SRS Air Bags

2-47


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (62,1)

Supplemental Restraint System Components

Driver/Front passenger dual stage inflators and air bagsCrash sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-22)Front air bag sensorSide crash sensorsAir bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-51)Side and curtain inflators and air bagsFront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-56)Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-56)Front passenger seat weight sensor control moduleDriver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-60)Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-56)

2-48


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (63,1)

How the SRS Air Bags WorkYour Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags aredesigned to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition tothe seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.

qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners

The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, nearfrontal collisions.

qDriver Air Bag

The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheels.When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, thedriver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chestcaused by directly hitting the steering wheel.The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.


SRS Air Bags

2-49


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (64,1)

qFront Passenger Air Bag

The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard.The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag,as mentioned above. In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy inaccordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to thedriver and front passenger occupant classification system (page 2-56).

qSide Air Bags

The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thesystem inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side airbag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused bydirectly hitting interior parts such as a door or window. In addition, the front passenger sideair bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classificationsystem (page 2-56).

2-50


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (65,1)

qCurtain Air Bags

The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edgealong both sides.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thecurtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboardpassenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.In a side impact:Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag onthat side only to inflate.

The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning lightilluminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked. The warninglight turns off after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantlyilluminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of theseoccur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not workin an accident.


SRS Air Bags

2-51


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (66,1)

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensionercould accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems and thewarning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heardfor approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warningbeep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beepsounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon aspossible.

2-52


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (67,1)

SRS Air Bag Deployment CriteriaThis chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the typeof collision.(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)

SRSequipment

Types of collision

A severe frontal/near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collision

Front seatbelt

pretensionerX*1(both sides)

No air bag and front seatbelt pretensioner will beactivated in a rear collision.

Driver airbag

X

Frontpassenger air

bagX*1

Side air bag X*1(impact side only)

Curtain airbag

X (impact side only)

X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.*1: The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed todeploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger seat.


SRS Air Bags

2-53


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (68,1)

Limitations to SRS Air BagIn severe collisions such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag DeploymentCriteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.

Limitations to front/near front collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not bedetected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle

Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate

Limitations to side collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected assevere enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles

2-54


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (69,1)

Roll-over


SRS Air Bags

2-55


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (70,1)

Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification SystemFirst, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions” (page 2-44)carefully.

qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has apossible malfunction (page 2-51).

qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors

Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passengerseat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. TheSAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less than approximately 30kg (66 lbs).To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thesystem deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system when:

l There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)

l The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66lbs). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)

This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possiblemalfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy.

2-56


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (71,1)

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ON position. For a specified of time it goes out.

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Total seated weight on thefront passenger seat

Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Front passenger front andside air bags

Front passenger seatbelt pretensioner

system

Empty (Not occupied)* OFF Deactivated Deactivated

Less than approx. 30 kg(66 lbs)

ON Deactivated Deactivated

Approx. 42 kg (93 lbs) ormore

OFF Ready Ready

* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,however this does not indicate a malfunction.

The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in theabove chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in anaccident.


SRS Air Bags

2-57


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (72,1)

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 42 kg (93 lbs) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The frontpassenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight conditionand the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury.Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seatedweight of approximately 42 kg (93 lbs) could result in an air bag not deploying underthe following conditions, for example:Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the

front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seatbottom.

Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entireweight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatbackreclined too far.

Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66lbs) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lbs).

2-58


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (73,1)

Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 30 kg (66 lbs) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensorswill detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpecteddeployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately30 kg (66 lbs) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seatbelt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions,for example:Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66lbs) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lbs).

CAUTIONØ To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the

sensors in the front seat bottoms:Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on

them.Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.

Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the

seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint

system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page2-36).


SRS Air Bags

2-59


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (74,1)

NOTEl The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and

side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or

other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interiorchanges suddenly.

l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat changes.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing achild-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts aresecurely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

2-60


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (75,1)

Monitoring and Maintenance

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:

l Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)l Front air bag sensorl Air bag modulesl Side crash sensorsl Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning lightl Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systemsl Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightl Related wiringl Driver seat slide position sensorl Front passenger seat weight sensorsl Front passenger seat weight sensor control modulel Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches

The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when theignition switch is turned to the ON position and continues while the vehicle is beingdriven.

qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:l The air bag system warning light flashes.l The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.l The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

l The air bag system warning beep sound is heard.l The air bags have deployed.l Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. Formore details about this indicator light and this chart, refer to “Front passenger seatweight sensors” (page 2-56).


SRS Air Bags

2-61


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (76,1)

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:

Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must bereplaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only atrained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that theywill work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bagor pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of anysubsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steeringwheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential airbag components. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremelydangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask anAuthorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an airbag equipped vehicle.

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”(page 9-2).

2-62


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (77,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2Advanced Keysí ...................................................................... 3-2Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-16Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-19Warning Lights and Beep Sounds ........................................... 3-20When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-23

Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-24Keys ........................................................................................ 3-24Keyless Entry Systemí .......................................................... 3-25Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-30Liftgate (5 Door) ..................................................................... 3-34Trunk Lid (4 Door) ................................................................. 3-37Inside Trunk Release Lever ..................................................... 3-39Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-41Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-44Hood ....................................................................................... 3-46Moonroof ................................................................................ 3-47

Security System ........................................................................... 3-49Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-49Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-52Theft-Deterrent System ........................................................... 3-54

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-58Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-58Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-58

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (78,1)

Advanced Keysí

The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables thefollowing operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).l Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate, and opening the liftgate, and opening thetrunk lid, without operating the key.

l Starting the engine without operating the key.Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key.Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3-16.l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry systemfrom a distance (Lock/Unlock/Trunkí/Panic button):l Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate.l Opening the trunk lid.l Operating the theft-deterrent systemí.l Turning on the alarm.

l Locking/unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place whereyour children will not find or play with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someonebeing badly injured or even killed. Children may find these new kinds of keys to bean interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controlsto operate, or even make the vehicle move.

Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such aspacemakers:

Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask themedical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from theadvanced key will affect the equipment.

NOTEl The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.l Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-49) for information regarding keys and engine starting.l (With theft-deterrent system)

Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-54) for information regarding keys and the prevention ofvehicle and vehicle contents theft.

l The advanced keyless functions can be turned off.Refer to Personalization Features on page 10-9.

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (79,1)

Lock button

Operation indicator light Auxiliary key

Key code number plate

Unlock button Trunk button (4 door)

Panic button

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store itin a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not inthe vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (80,1)

CAUTIONØ Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function

correctly under the following conditions:Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular

phones.Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell

phones.Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain

gas stations.Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-

intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices suchas televisions or personal computers.

Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:Ø Drop the advanced key.Ø Get the advanced key wet.Ø Disassemble the advanced key.Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the

dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.

NOTEl Battery life is about one year. Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY

indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine,otherwise, you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once thebattery is completely dead Refer to KEY warning light (red) on page 5-49. If this occurs, you willhave to either force-start the engine or use the auxiliary key Refer to Advanced Key Battery DeadWarning on page 3-21.

l Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keyscan be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (81,1)

qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTIONØ Make sure the battery is installed

with the correct pole facingupward. Battery leakage couldoccur if it is not installed correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR2025 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

The following conditions indicate that thebattery power is low:l The KEY indicator light (green) flashesin the instrument cluster for about 30seconds after the engine is turned off.

l The system does not operate and theoperation indicator light on thetransmitter does not flash when thebuttons are pressed.

l The system's operational range isreduced.

Replacing the battery at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer is recommended to preventdamage to the advanced key. If replacingthe battery by yourself, follow theinstruction below.

Replacing the advanced key battery

1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Insert a flathead screwdriver into thegroove shown in the figure and rotatethe screwdriver to open the coverslightly.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (82,1)

3. Insert the flathead screwdriver into thegap between the cover and thetransmitter, and then rotate thescrewdriver to detach the cover.

4. Remove the battery cap, then removethe battery.

5. Insert a new battery with the positivepole facing up, and then cover thebattery with the battery cap.

6. Close the cover.

7. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (83,1)

CAUTIONØ Be careful not to allow the rubber

ring shown in the figure to bescratched or damaged.

Ø If the rubber ring detaches,reattach it before inserting a newbattery.

Rubber ring

qService

If you have a problem with the advancedkeyless functions, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your advanced key is lost or stolen,bring all remaining advanced keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen advanced keyinoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Operation Using AdvancedKeyless Functions

qOperational Range

The system operates only when the driveris in the vehicle or within operationalrange while the advanced key is beingcarried.

NOTEWhen the battery power is low, or in placeswhere there are high-intensity radio waves ornoise, the operational range may becomenarrower or the system may not operate.

Locking, unlocking the doors and theliftgate

The operational range for locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate is anarea of up to 80 cm (2.6 ft) from thecenter of the front door handles.4 door

Operational range

Exterior transmitter

Knowing Your Mazda


3-7


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (84,1)

5 door (Locking)

Operational range


5 door (Unlocking)

Operational range


NOTEThe system may not operate if you are tooclose to the windows, door handles, or liftgate.

Opening the liftgate/trunk lid

The operational range for opening theliftgate/trunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm(2.6 ft) from the center of the liftgate/trunk lid.

Operational range


Starting the engine

The operational range for starting theengine includes nearly the entire cabinarea.

Operational range

Interior transmitter

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (85,1)

NOTEl The luggage compartment/trunk is out of

the operational range, however, starting theengine may be possible.

l The engine may not start if the advancedkey is placed in the following areas:l Around the dashboardl In the storage compartments such as the

glove boxl On the rear parcel shelf(4 door)

l Starting the engine may be possible even ifthe advanced key is outside of the vehicleand extremely close to a door and window,however, always start the engine from thedriver's seat.If the vehicle is started and driven awaywhile the advanced key is not in the vehicle,the vehicle will not restart after it is turnedoff and the push button start will switch off.

l If the advanced key is detected withinoperational range, the operation indicatorlight on the transmitter flashesmomentarily.

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by pressing the request switchon the front doors or the liftgate while theadvanced key is being carried.Front doors

Request switch

Liftgate (Lock only)

Request switch

To lock

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe request switch. A beep sound will beheard once and the hazard warning lightswill flash once.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that the doors and the liftgate arelocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when the theftdeterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors and the liftgate are locked before thetheft-deterrent system is properly armed.When the doors are locked by pressing therequest switch on the front doors while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicate thatthe system is armed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-54.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (86,1)

To unlock

Driver's door request switch

To unlock the driver's door, press therequest switch. A beep sound will beheard twice and the hazard warning lightswill flash twice.To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe request switch again within 5 secondsand two more beep sounds will be heard.

Front passenger door request switch

To unlock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe request switch. A beep sound will beheard twice and the hazard warning lightswill flash twice.

NOTEl Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are

securely locked.l All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked

when any door or the liftgate is open.l A beep sound is heard for confirmation

when the doors and the liftgate are locked/unlocked using the request switch. If youprefer, the beep sound can be turned off(page 10-9).

l The setting can be changed so that thedoors and the liftgate are lockedautomatically without pressing the requestswitch (page 10-9).(Auto-lock function)A beep sound is heard when all doors andthe liftgate are closed while the advancedkey is being carried. All doors and theliftgate are locked automatically after about3 seconds when the advanced key is out ofthe operational range. Also, the hazardwarning lights flash once. (Even if thedriver is in the operational range, all doorsand the liftgate are locked automaticallyafter about 30 seconds.)If you are out of the operational rangebefore the doors and the liftgate arecompletely closed or another advanced keyis left in the vehicle, the auto-lock functionwill not work. Always make sure that alldoors and the liftgate are closed and lockedbefore leaving the vehicle.

l (Auto re-lock function)After unlocking all doors and the liftgate bypressing the request switch, all doors andthe liftgate will automatically lock if any ofthe following operations are not performedwithin about 30 seconds. If your vehicle hasa theft-deterrent system, the hazardwarning lights will flash for confirmation.l A door or the liftgate/trunk lid is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the key

slot.l The push button start is in any position

except off.

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (87,1)

qOpening the Liftgate/Trunk Lid

A locked liftgate/trunk lid can also beopened while the advanced key is beingcarried.

Raise the liftgate/trunk lid by pressing theelectric liftgate/trunk lid opener whilecarrying the advanced key.5 Door

Electric liftgate opener

4 Door

Electric trunk lid opener

While the ignition is switched ON, theliftgate/trunk lid can be opened only whenthe vehicle is stopped with the parkingbrake applied (manual transaxle), or withthe selector lever in the P position(automatic transaxle).

NOTEWhen using the advanced keyless function toopen the liftgate/trunk lid, it may require a fewseconds for the liftgate/trunk lid to unlock afterthe electric liftgate/trunk lid opener is pressed.

The liftgate/trunk lid can be closed whenthe doors are locked with the advancedkey left in the vehicle. However, toprevent leaving the advanced key in thevehicle, the liftgate/trunk lid can beopened by pressing the electric liftgate/trunk lid opener.

qStarting the Engine

Locking, unlocking the steering wheel

The steering wheel is locked if a door isopened/closed/locked after the power isturned off using the push button startwhile the vehicle is stopped.This is an automatic safety device toprotect the vehicle against theft.The steering wheel can be unlocked bypressing the push button start while theadvanced key is being carried or theauxiliary key is inserted into the key slot.If the electronic steering lock warninglight is flashing and the beep sound isheard, this indicates that the steeringwheel is not unlocked. To unlock thesteering wheel, jiggle the steering wheelfrom side to side while pressing the pushbutton start.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (88,1)

Ignition positions

Each time the push button start is pressed,the ignition switches in the order of off,ACC, and ON. Pressing the push buttonstart again from ON switches the ignitionoff.

Indicator light

Indicator light (ACC)

Indicator light (ON)

NOTEl The order in which the ignition is switched

can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l The engine starts by pressing the pushbutton start while depressing the clutchpedal (manual transaxle) or the brakepedal (automatic transaxle). To switch theignition position, press the push button startwithout depressing the pedal.

l Do not leave the ignition switched ONwhile the engine is not running. Doing socould result in the battery going dead. If theignition is left in ACC (For automatictransaxle, the shift lever is in the P position,and the ignition is in ACC), the ignitionswitches off automatically after one hour.The setting can be changed to not switchthe ignition off automatically.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Off

The steering wheel locks to help protectagainst theft. Also, the power supply toelectrical devices is turned off.The push button start indicator lights(ACC and ON) turn off.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition off, set the parkingbrake, and make sure the shift lever isin P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gearor R (manual transaxle):

Leaving the driver's seat withoutswitching off the ignition, setting theparking brake, and shifting the shiftlever to P (automatic transaxle) or to1st gear or R (manual transaxle) isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur which couldresult in an accident.In addition, if your intention is toleave the vehicle for even a shortperiod, it is important to switch theignition off, as leaving it in anotherposition will disable some of thevehicle's security systems and run thebattery down.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.The indicator light (ACC) illuminates.

NOTEThe advanced keyless entry system does notfunction while the push button start has beenpressed to ACC, and the doors will not lock/unlock even if they have been locked manually.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (89,1)

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The indicator light(ON) turns off. (The indicator light (ON)illuminates when the ignition is switchedON and the engine is not running.)The warning lights (except brakes) shouldbe inspected before the engine is started(page 5-39).

NOTE(With headlight auto-leveling)When the push button start is pressed to theON position, the sound of the headlightleveling motors operating at the front of theengine compartment can be heard. This doesnot indicate an abnormality.

Starting the engine

NOTEl The advanced key must be carried because

the advanced key carries an immobilizerchip that must communicate with the enginecontrols at short range.

l The engine can be started when the pushbutton start is pressed from off, ACC, orON.

1. Make sure you are carrying theadvanced key.

2. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

3. Make sure the parking brake is on.

4. Continue to press the brake pedalfirmly until the engine has completelystarted.

5. (Manual transaxle)Continue to press the clutch pedalfirmly until the engine has completelystarted.(Automatic transaxle)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transaxle)The starter will not operate if the clutch pedalis not depressed sufficiently.(Automatic transaxle)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N and the brake pedal is notdepressed sufficiently.

6. Verify that the KEY indicator light(green) in the instrument cluster andthe push button start indicator light(green) illuminate. If the KEY indicatorlight (green) does not illuminate, makesure that the advanced key is beingcarried. If the KEY indicator light(green) does not illuminate while theadvanced key is being carried, you mayhave to use the auxiliary key to startthe engine instead (page 3-23).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-13


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (90,1)

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red)illuminates, and the push buttonstart indicator light (red) illuminates,this could indicate a problem withthe engine starting system and theinability to start the engine or switchthe ignition to ACC or ON. Have yourvehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEl Under the following conditions, the KEY

warning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the push button start will notswitch to ACC even if it is pressed from off.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is out of operational

range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturer similarto the advanced key is in the operationalrange.

l (Forced engine starting method)If the KEY warning light (red) and the pushbutton start indicator light (red) illuminatewhen the brake pedal (transaxle) or theclutch pedal (transaxle) is depressed tostart the engine, the engine may not startusing these methods. Have your vehicleinspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealeras soon as possible. If this occurs, theengine can be force-started. Press and holdthe push button start until the engine starts.Other procedures necessary for starting theengine such as having the advanced key inthe cabin, and depressing the brake pedal(Automatic transaxle) or the clutch pedal(Manual transaxle) are required.

l When the engine is force-started, the keywarning light (red) remains illuminated andthe key indicator light (green) does notilluminate.

7. Press the push button start after theKEY indicator light (green) in theinstrument cluster, and the push buttonstart indicator light (green) illuminate.

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (91,1)

NOTEl After starting the engine, the push button

start indicator lights (ACC and ON) turnoff and the ignition is in the ON position.

l After pressing the push button start andbefore the engine starts, the operationsound of the fuel pump motor from near thefuel tank can be heard, however, this doesnot indicate a malfunction.

l (With headlight auto-leveling)After pressing the push button start andbefore the engine starts, the operationsound of the headlight leveling motorsoperating at the front of the enginecompartment can be heard, however, thisdoes not indicate a malfunction.

8. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout ten seconds.

NOTEl Whether the engine is cold or warm, it

should be started without the use of theaccelerator.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-17).

Starting the engine using the auxiliarykey

If the engine cannot be started for reasonssuch as the advanced key battery is dead,the engine can be started using theauxiliary key.

1. Slide the auxiliary key out from thebottom of the advanced key.

2. Use the auxiliary key to remove thekey slot cover.

3. Depress the clutch (manual transaxle)or brake pedal (automatic transaxle)until the ring around the key slot startsflashing.

4. Insert the auxiliary key into the slotwhile it is flashing, but DO NOTTURN THE AUXILIARY KEY INTHE SLOT.

CAUTIONAfter inserting the auxiliary key, donot attempt to turn it in the key slot.It could damage the vehicle or theauxiliary key.

5. Press the push button start to start theengine.

NOTEl Leave the auxiliary key in the key slot while

the engine is running.l When leaving the vehicle, remove the

auxiliary key from the key slot and thevehicle.

l To switch the ignition position, insert theauxiliary key into the key slot and press thepush button start without the brake(automatic transaxle) or clutch pedal(manual transaxle) depressed.

Turning off the engine

1. Stop the vehicle completely.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-15


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (92,1)

2. (Manual transaxle)Shift into neutral.(Automatic transaxle)Shift the shift lever to the P position.

3. Press the push button start to turn offthe engine.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe push button start is pressed tooff.

NOTEl When the push button start is pressed to off

from ON, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining battery powerof the advanced key is low. Replace with anew battery before the advanced keybecomes unusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance (page3-5)

l (Automatic transaxle)If the engine is turned off while the shiftlever is in a position other than P, theignition switches to ACC.

Emergency engine stop

Continuously pressing the push buttonstart while the engine is running and thevehicle is stopped, or quickly pressing itany number of times will stop turn theengine off immediately.

CAUTIONOther than an emergency situation,do not attempt to stop the enginewhile driving the vehicle.

Operation Using AdvancedKey Functions

qKeyless Entry System

This system uses the more traditionalkeyless entry buttons to remotely lock andunlock the doors and the liftgate, andopens the trunk lid.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when theauxiliary key is in the key slot.

l The keyless entry system is fully operationalwhen the push button start is switched off.The system does not operate if the pushbutton start is switched to any positionother than off.

l All doors and the liftgate cannot be lockedby pressing the lock button while any dooror the liftgate is open. The hazard warninglights will also not flash.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operational rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-5).

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (93,1)

Transmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button (4 door)


Panic button

NOTEl (U.S.A.)

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

l (CANADA)This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry CANADA. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe lock button. A beep sound will beheard once and the hazard warning lightswill flash once.

To confirm that all doors and the liftgatehave been locked, press the lock buttonagain within 5 seconds. If they are closedand locked, the horn will sound.The system can be set not to sound thehorn.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEl A beep sound can be heard for confirmation

when the doors are locked using theadvanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,the beep sound can be turned off. Thevolume of the beep sound can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors and the liftgate are locked beforethe theft-deterrent system is properlyarmed.When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicatethat the system is armed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-54.

l The system can be set to unlock all doors byperforming a single operation.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-17


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (94,1)

NOTEl All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked

when any door or the liftgate is open.l Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are

locked visually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button. A beep will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe unlock button again within 3 secondsand two more beep sounds will be heard.

NOTEl A beep sound can be heard for confirmation

when the doors are locked using theadvanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,the beep sound can be turned off. Thevolume of the beep sound can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flashunless the theft deterrent system has beenproperly turned off.When the doors are unlocked by pressingthe unlock button on the transmitter whilethe theft-deterrent system is turned off, thehazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the system is turned off.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-54.

NOTE(Auto re-lock function)After unlocking with the transmitter, All doorsand the liftgate will automatically lock and thehazard warning light will flash if any of thefollowing operations are not performed withinabout 30 seconds. If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent system, the hazard warning lightswill flash for confirmation.l A door or the liftgate/trunk lid is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the key

slot.l The push button start is in any position

except off position.

Trunk button (4 door)

To open the trunk, press and hold thetrunk button until the trunk lid opens.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the liftgate is open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

NOTEHowever, if the driver is too close to thevehicle the panic button may not function.

(Turning off the alarm)The alarm stops by pressing any button onthe transmitter.

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (95,1)

qAuxiliary Key Function

Use the auxiliary key stored in theadvanced key in the event of a deadtransmitter battery or malfunction.

Removing the auxiliary key

Pull out the auxiliary key from theadvanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The doors can be locked/unlocked usingthe auxiliary key, refer to Locking,Unlocking with Key (page 3-31).

Starting the engine

The engine can be started with theauxiliary key, refer to Starting the engine(page 3-11).

Advanced Key SuspendFunction

If an advanced key is left in the vehicle,the functions of the advanced key left inthe vehicle are temporarily suspended toprevent theft of the vehicle.The following are inoperable:l Starting the engine using the pushbutton start.

l Operating the request switches.To restore these functions, perform anyone of the following:l Press the lock or unlock button on theadvanced key which has had itsfunctions temporarily suspended.

l While carrying an advanced key whichhas had its functions temporarilysuspended, lock the doors using theadvanced keyless system.

l (Manual transaxle)When carrying another advanced key,depress the clutch pedal until the KEYindicator light (green) illuminates.(Automatic transaxle)When carrying another advanced key,depress the brake pedal until the KEYindicator light (green) illuminates.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-19


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (96,1)

Warning Lights and BeepSounds

qSystem Malfunction Warning Light

If any malfunction occurs in the advancedkeyless function, the KEY warning light(red) in the instrument cluster illuminatescontinuously.

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red) remainsilluminated, do not continue to drivethe vehicle with the advanced keylessfunction. Park the vehicle in a safeplace and use the auxiliary key tocontinue driving the vehicle. Have thevehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.Refer to Starting the engine (page3-11).

qIgnition Not Switched Off(STOP) Warning Beep

If the driver's door is opened while theignition is switched to ACC, a continuousbeep sound will be heard to notify thedriver that the ignition has not beenswitched off (STOP). Left in thiscondition, the keyless entry system willnot operate, the car cannot be locked, andthe battery power will be depleted.

qAdvanced Key Removed fromVehicle Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, a beepsound will be heard and the KEY warninglight (red) will flash continuously whenthe push button start has not beenswitched off to notify the driver that theadvanced key has been removed. TheKEY warning light (red) will stop flashingwhen the advanced key is back inside thevehicle:l The push button start has not beenswitched off, the driver's door is open,and the advanced key is removed fromthe vehicle. (A beep sound will beheard three times.)However the beep sound will be heardcontinuously when the push buttonstart is switched to ACC and the dooris open due to the activation of thewarning beep sound indicating that thepush button start is not switched off.

l The push button start has not beenswitched off and all the doors areclosed after removing the advancedkey from the vehicle. (A beep soundwill be heard six times. The volume ofthe beep sound can be changed.)Refer to Personalization Features onpage 10-9.

NOTEBecause the advanced key utilizes low-intensityradio waves, the Advanced Key Removed FromVehicle Warning may activate if the advancedkey is carried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception areawithin the vehicle.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (97,1)

qRequest Switch InoperableWarning Beep

If the request switch for a front door ispressed under the following conditionswhile the advanced key is being carried, abeep will be heard six times to indicatethat the front doors cannot be locked.l A door is open (door ajar included).l The push button start has not beenswitched to off.

l The auxiliary key is inserted into thekey slot.

qAdvanced Key Battery DeadWarning

When the push button start is pressed offfrom ON, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining batterypower is low. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance(page 3-5).

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning

Under the following conditions, the KEYwarning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the push button start will notswitch to ACC even if it is switched fromoff.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not withinoperational range.

l The advanced key is placed in areaswhere it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

qAdvanced Key Left-in-luggagecompartment/trunk Warning Beep

If the advanced key is left in the luggage/trunk compartment with all doors lockedand the liftgate/trunk lid closed, a beepsound is heard for about 10 seconds toremind the driver the advanced key hasbeen left in the luggage/trunkcompartment. If this happens, open theliftgate/trunk lid by pressing the electricliftgate/trunk lid opener and remove theadvanced key. An advanced key removedfrom the luggage compartment/trunk maynot function because its functions mayhave been temporarily suspended. Torestore the advanced key function,perform the applicable procedure (page3-19).The system can be set not to open thetrunk.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-21


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (98,1)

qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicleWarning Beep

If an advanced key is left in the vehiclecabin and all the doors are locked using aseparate advanced key, a beep sound isheard for about 10 seconds to remind thedriver that the advanced key has been leftin the vehicle cabin. If this happens, thedoors lock but the functions of theadvanced key left in the vehicle cabinmay be temporarily suspended. Performthe following procedure to restore thefunctions of the advanced key (page3-19).The volume of the beep sound can bechanged.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEThe warning beep does not sound while thetrunk is open. The warning beep sounds afterthe trunk is closed.

qAuxiliary Key Removed WarningBeep

If the auxiliary key is removed under thefollowing conditions while it is in use andin the ACC or ON position, the warningbeep sounds three times.l The advanced key is not in the vehicle.l The battery for the advanced key isdead.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (99,1)

When Warning Indicator/Beep is ActivatedUnder the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light inthe instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of theadvanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-20).

Warning How to check

When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will beheard.

Check whether the push button start has been switchedoff.

When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and theKEY warning light (red) in the instrument clusterflashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times,and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrumentcluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When locking the doors or closing the trunk/liftgate, thechime sounds for about ten seconds.

Check whether the advanced key has been left in thevehicle or the trunk/liftgate.

When attempting to lock the doors by pressing therequest switch on the front doors, and six beep soundsare heard.

Check whether the push button start has been switchedoff.

Check whether a door is open.

When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in theinstrument cluster.

The advanced key battery power is low. Replace thebattery with a new one.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.

When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminatedin the instrument cluster.

The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle ina safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continuedriving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-23


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (100,1)

Keys

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEl Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-52) for

information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-54)for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contentstheft.

The keys operate all locks.With keyless entry system


Retractable type key

Without keyless entry system


A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTEl Write down the code number and keep it in

a separate, safe and convenient place, butnot in the vehicle.If your key is lost, consult your AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have your code numberready.

l Some types of key chains cannot beattached to the retractable type key. In thiscase, use the key ring provided with thetransmitter which has the key code numberplate attached.

Key ring

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (101,1)

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry Systemí

This system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors and the liftgate, and opens thetrunk lid.It can also help you signal for attention.Operating the theft-deterrent system withthe keyless entry system transmitter isalso possible on theft-deterrent system-equipped vehicles.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter,do not:Ø Drop the transmitter.Ø Get the transmitter wet.Ø Disassemble the transmitter.Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind

of magnetic field.Ø Expose the transmitter to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (102,1)

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when the key isin the ignition switch.

l Doors and the liftgate can be locked bypressing the lock button while any otherdoor is open. However, the hazard warninglights will not flash and the horn will notsound.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operation rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-28).

l Additional transmitters can be obtained atan Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3transmitters can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorized MazdaDealer when additional transmitters arerequired.

qTransmitter

5 door

Lock button

Unlock button

Panic button


4 door

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button


NOTEl (U.S.A.)



The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe lock button.

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (103,1)

To confirm that all doors and the liftgatehave been locked, press the lock buttonagain within 5 seconds. If they are closedand locked, the horn will sound.The system can be set not to sound thehorn.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEl Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock

the doors while any door is open does notsound the horn.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare locked.

l (With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors and the liftgate are locked beforethe theft-deterrent system is properlyarmed.When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicatethat the system is armed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-54.

l The hazard warning lights can be set to notflash when the doors are locked orunlocked.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEl All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked

when the key is in the ignition switch.l Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are

locked visually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button.

To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe unlock button again within 5 seconds.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that all doors and the liftgate areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when the theftdeterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.When the doors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is turned off, the hazardwarning lights will flash twice to indicate thatthe system is turned off.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-54.The system can be set to unlock all doors byperforming a single operation.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorsand the liftgate will automatically lock if oneof the doors or the liftgate/trunk lid is notopened within about 30 seconds.The time required for the doors to lockautomatically can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press and hold thetrunk button until the trunk lid opens.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-27


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (104,1)

NOTETo open the trunk when the ignition is switchedto a position other than off, use the remoterelease lever inside the vehicle (page 3-38).

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the liftgate/trunk lid is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

CAUTIONØ Install the battery with the positive

pole ( ) facing down. Batteryleakage could occur if it is notinstalled correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR1620 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire and/or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-24).

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (105,1)

2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andpush the tab to remove the key fromthe transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andgently pry open the transmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Align the key with the transmitter asshown in the figure, and insert the keyuntil a click sound is heard.

CAUTIONInsert the key into the transmittersecurely until a click sound is heard.If it is not inserted securely, it coulddetach from the transmitter.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-29


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (106,1)

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bringall remaining transmitters to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:

Leaving a child or a pet unattendedin a parked vehicle is dangerous. Inhot weather, temperatures inside avehicle can become high enough tocause brain damage or even death.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled.

Keep all doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fallout if a door is accidentally openedand can more easily be thrown out inan accident.

Always close all the windows and themoonroof, lock the doors and take thekey with you when leaving your vehicleunattended:

Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, orbecome trapped by climbing into thetrunk, which could result in death.Also, a vehicle left unlocked becomesan easy target for thieves andintruders.

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (107,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The driver's door can be locked/unlockedwith the key.Turn the key toward the front to lock,toward the back to unlock.

Lock Unlock

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with a frontpassenger door key cylinder, the door can belocked/unlocked with the key.

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-16).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-25).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

To lock any door from the inside, push thedoor-lock knob.To unlock, pull it out.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Lock

Unlock

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-31


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (108,1)

To lock the front passenger door with thedoor-lock knob from the outside, push thedoor-lock knob to the lock position andclose the door.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Door-lock knob

NOTEl (With advanced key)

The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside.

l (Without advanced key)The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside if thekey is in the ignition switch.

l When locking the doors this way, be carefulnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

qPower Door Locksí

Vehicle lock-out prevention

(With advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. All doors and the liftgate willautomatically unlock if they are lockedusing the power door locks with any dooror the liftgate open.

(Without advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, all doors and the liftgate willautomatically unlock if they are lockedusing the power door locks with any dooror the liftgate open.

Locking, unlocking with key

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when any front door islocked with the key. All doors and theliftgate unlock when the driver's door isunlocked and the key is held in the unlockposition for one second or longer.

Lock Unlock

NOTEl Holding the key in the unlocked position in

the driver's door lock for about a secondunlocks all doors and the liftgate. To unlockonly the driver's door, insert the key into thedriver's door lock and turn the key brieflyto the unlock position and then immediatelyreturn it to the center position.

l The system can be set to unlock all doors byperforming a single operation.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (109,1)

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when lock side is pressed.They all unlock when unlock side ispressed.

Unlock

Lock

Locking, unlocking with request switch(with advanced key)

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by operating the request switchon the front doors and the liftgate whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with advanced key)

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entrysystem transmitter, refer to Keyless EntrySystem (page 3-16).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with retractable type key)

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entrysystem transmitter, refer to Keyless EntrySystem (page 3-25).

Auto lock/unlock function

WARNINGDo not pull the inner handle on a frontdoor:

Pulling an inner handle on a frontdoor while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Passengers can fall out ofthe vehicle if a front door accidentallyopens, which could result in death orserious injury.

l When the vehicle speed exceeds 20km/h (12 mph), all doors and theliftgate lock automatically.

l When the ignition is switched off, alldoors and the liftgate unlockautomatically.

These functions can also be disabled sothat they do not operate.

NOTEAdditional auto lock/unlock function(Automatic transaxle)A function setting is also available whichenable automatic locking and unlocking ofdoors and the liftgate when shifting gears.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-33


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (110,1)

qRear Door Child Safety Locks

These locks are intended to help preventchildren from accidentally opening therear doors. Use them both whenever achild rides in the vehicle.

If you slide the child safety lock to thelock position before closing that door, thedoor cannot be opened from the inside.The door can be opened only by pullingthe outside handle.

Lock

Unlock

Liftgate (5 Door)

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in theluggage compartment:

Allowing a person to ride in theluggage compartment is dangerous.The person in the luggagecompartment could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Do not drive with the liftgate open:Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicleis dangerous. An open liftgate in amoving vehicle will cause exhaustgas to be drawn into the cabin. Thisgas contains CO (carbon monoxide),which is colorless, odorless, andhighly poisonous, and it can causeloss of consciousness and death.Moreover, an open liftgate couldcause occupants to fall out in anaccident.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byinserting the key into the driver's door keycylinder, refer to Power Door Locks (page3-32).

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch (with Advanced Key)

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

3-34

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (111,1)

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-16).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-25).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the driver's door-lock knob,refer to Power Door Locks (page 3-32).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Switch

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the door-lock switch, refer toPower Door Locks (page 3-32).

qOpening and Closing the Liftgate

NOTE(With advanced key)When using the advanced keyless function toopen the liftgate, refer to Opening the liftgate(page 3-11).

Opening the liftgate

Raise the liftgate by pressing the electricliftgate opener button on the liftgate.

Electric liftgate opener

While the ignition is switched ON, theliftgate can be opened only when thevehicle is stopped with the parking brakeapplied (manual transaxle), or with theselector lever in the P position (automatictransaxle).

NOTEWhen the liftgate is unlocked by pressing theelectric liftgate opener button, the liftgateraises slightly to allow it to be opened. If theliftgate is not operated for a certain period oftime after the electric liftgate opener buttonhas been pressed, the liftgate cannot be raisedany more from its slightly raised position.Press the electric liftgate opener button againto fully open the liftgate. To close the liftgatefrom its slightly raised position, open it first bypressing the electric liftgate opener button andwaiting for 1 second or longer, then close it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-35


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (112,1)

When the liftgate cannot be opened

If the vehicle battery is dead or there is amalfunction in the electrical system andthe liftgate cannot be unlocked, performthe following procedure as an emergencymeasure to unlock it:

1. Fold down the rear seatbacks.Refer to Split-Folding Rear Seatbackon page 2-11.

2. Remove the cap on the interior surfaceof the liftgate with a flatheadscrewdriver.

Cap

3. Turn the lever to the right to unlock theliftgate.

Lever

After performing this emergency measure,have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

Closing the liftgate

Use both hands to push the liftgate downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it issecurely latched.

qLuggage Compartment

WARNINGDo not place anything on top of thecover:

Placing luggage or other cargo ontop of the luggage compartmentcover is dangerous. During suddenbraking or a collision, the cargocould become a projectile that couldhit and injure someone. The vehiclehas a light weight luggagecompartment cover to keep thecontents of your luggage area out ofsight; it will not retain heavy objectsthat are not tied down in an accidentsuch as a rollover. Tie down all heavyobjects, whether luggage or cargo,using the tie down hooks.

Make sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:


CAUTIONMake sure the luggage compartmentcover is firmly secured. If it is notfirmly secured, it could unexpectedlydisengage resulting in injury.

3-36

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (113,1)

Luggage compartment cover strap

The luggage compartment can beaccessed by opening the liftgate when thestraps are attached to the sides of theliftgate.

Strap

Luggage compartment cover

This cover can be removed for moreroom. To do this, just unfasten the straps;then lift and pull it out.

Trunk Lid (4 Door)

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in thetrunk:

Allowing a person to ride in the trunkis dangerous. In addition, the personin the trunk could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Keep the trunk closed when driving:Exhaust gas entering the cabin of avehicle through an open trunk isdangerous. This gas contains CO(carbon monoxide), which iscolorless, odorless, and highlypoisonous. If inhaled, it can causeloss of consciousness and death.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-37


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (114,1)

qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid

WARNINGClose the trunk lid, be sure the seatbacks are latched and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by latching therear seats, doors and the trunk, andkeeping the keys where children cannot play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car, the rearfolding seats or the trunk unlocked.

CAUTIONFor vehicles equipped with a rearspoiler, do not raise or lower thetrunk lid using the spoiler. Otherwise,the rear spoiler and the trunk lidcould be damaged.

Opening the trunk lid with the keyí

Insert the key into the slot and turn itclockwise.

Open

Opening the trunk lid with the electrictrunk lid opener (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe request switch on the trunk lid whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-16).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with retractable type key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-25).

3-38

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (115,1)

Opening the trunk lid with the remoterelease lever

Pull up the release lever next to thedriver's seat.

Release lever

Closing the trunk lid

Use both hands to push the trunk lid downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it issecure.

qTrunk Light

The trunk light is on when the lid is openand off when it's closed.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the trunk open for a long periodwhen the engine is not running.

Inside Trunk Release LeverYour vehicle is equipped with an insidetrunk release lever that provides a meansof escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside thetrunk.

No matter how careful adults might bewith keys and locking their cars, parentsshould be aware that children may betempted to play around vehicles and usethe trunk as a hiding place.

Adults are advised to familiarizethemselves with the operation andlocation of the inside trunk release leverso that all children can be told about it inan appropriate way, keeping in mind thatmost vehicles do not have such levers.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-39


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (116,1)

WARNINGClose the trunk lid, be sure the seatbacks are latched and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by latching therear seats, doors and the trunk, andkeeping the keys where children cannot play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car, the rearfolding seats or the trunk unlocked.

qOpening the Trunk Lid from theInside

Slide the inside trunk release lever in thedirection of the arrow. The lever is madeof material that will glow for hours in thedarkness of the trunk following a briefexposure to ambient light.

The inside trunk release lever is locatedon the inside of the trunk lid.

3-40

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (117,1)

Power WindowsThe ignition must be ON for the powerwindows to operate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Always lock all passenger powerwindows with the power window lockswitch on the driver's side whilechildren are in the vehicle, and neverallow children to play with powerwindow switches:

Leaving the power window switchesunlocked while children are in thevehicle is dangerous. Power windowswitches that are not locked with thepower window lock switch wouldallow children to operate powerwindows unintentionally which couldresult in serious injury if a child'shands, head or neck becomes caughtby the window.

CAUTIONTo prevent burning out the fuse anddamaging the power window system,do not open or close more than threewindows at once.

qOperating the Driver's SidePower Window

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Close

Driver's window

Owner master control switches

Open

Auto-opening/closing

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down, thenrelease. The window will fully openautomatically.To fully close the window automatically,pull the switch completely up, thenrelease. The window will fully closeautomatically.

To stop the window partway, pull or pressthe switch in the opposite direction andthen release it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-41


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (118,1)

NOTEIf the battery was disconnected during vehiclemaintenance, or for other reasons such as aswitch continues to be operated after thewindow is fully open/close, the window will notfully open and close automatically. Carry outthe following procedure to resume operation:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Press the switch and fully open the window.

3. Pull up the switch to fully close the windowand continue holding the switch for about 2seconds after the window fully closes.

Jam-safe window

If a person's hands, head or an objectblocks the window during the auto-closing operation, the window will stopand open halfway.

WARNINGMake sure nothing blocks the windowjust before it reaches the fully closedposition or while holding up the powerwindow switch:

Blocking the power window justbefore it reaches the fully closedposition or while holding up thepower window switch is dangerous.In this case, the jam-safe functioncannot prevent the window fromclosing all the way. If fingers arecaught, serious injuries could occur.

NOTEDepending on driving conditions, a closingpower window could stop and start openingwhen the window feels a shock that is similarto something blocking it.In the event the jam-safe function activates andthe power window cannot be closedautomatically, pull and hold the switch and thewindow will close.

Engine-off power window operation

The power window can be operated forabout 45 seconds after the ignition switchis turned from the ON position to theACC or LOCK position with all doorsclosed. If any door is opened, the powerwindow will be inoperable.

NOTEFor engine-off operation of the power window,the switch must be held up firmly throughoutwindow closure because the auto-closingfunction will be inoperable.

qOperating the Passenger PowerWindows

The power windows may be operatedwhen the power window lock switch onthe driver's door is in the unlockedposition.

The passenger windows may be opened orclosed by the power window mastercontrol switches on the driver's door.

Driver's window

Owner master control switch

Right rear window

Front passenger's window

Left rear window

3-42

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (119,1)

To open the window to the desiredposition, hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, press the upper part of theswitch.

Open

Close

qPower Window Lock Switch

With the lock switch in the unlockedposition (button not depressed), all powerwindows on each door can be operated.

With the lock switch in the lockedposition (button depressed), only thedriver's side power window can beoperated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

WARNINGUnless a passenger needs to operate apower window, keep the power windowlock switch in the locked position:

Unintentional power windowoperation is dangerous. A person'shands, head, or neck could be caughtby the window and result in seriousinjury.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-43


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (120,1)

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel-filler cap,loosen the cap slightly and wait for anyhissing to stop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illnessif ingested. Fuel spray is releasedwhen there is pressure in the fueltank and the fuel-filler cap isremoved too quickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-filler cap or not using a fuel-filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazdafuel-filler cap or an approvedequivalent, available at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The wrongcap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel and emissioncontrol systems. It may also causethe check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

qFuel-Filler Lid

To open, pull the remote fuel-filler lidrelease.5 door

Remote fuel-filler lid release

4 door

Remote fuel-filler lid release

3-44

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (121,1)

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until two or more click soundsare heard.

Open

Close

CAUTIONIf the check fuel cap warning lightilluminates, the fuel-filler cap maynot be properly installed. If thewarning light illuminates, park yourvehicle safely off the right-of-way,remove the fuel-filler cap andreinstall it correctly. After the cap hasbeen correctly installed, the fuel capwarning light may continue toilluminate until a number of drivingcycles have been completed. A drivecycle consists of starting the engine(after four or more hours with theengine off) and driving the vehicle oncity and highway roads.Continuing to drive with the checkfuel cap warning light illuminatedcould cause the check engine light toilluminate as well.

NOTEThe removed cap can be attached to the innerside of the lid during refueling to prevent fuelon the cap from dripping onto the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-45


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (122,1)

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:

A hood that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

Release handle

2. Insert your hand into the hood openingand slide the hood latch lever to theright and lift the hood.

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea and secure it in the stay holeindicated by the arrow to hold the hoodopen.

Support rodClip

Pad

qClosing the Hood

WARNINGDo not leave items in the enginecompartment:

After you have finished checking ordoing servicing in the enginecompartment, do not forget andleave items such as tools or rags inthe engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the enginecompartment could cause enginedamage or a fire leading to anunexpected accident.

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Insert the support rod in its clip whileholding up the hood. Verify that thesupport rod is secured in the clip beforeclosing the hood.

3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.

3-46

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (123,1)

MoonroofThe moonroof can be opened or closedelectrically only when the ignition isswitched ON.

Slide switch

Tilt switch

WARNINGDo not let passengers stand up orextend part of their body through theopen moonroof while the vehicle ismoving:

Extending the head, arms, or otherparts of the body through themoonroof is dangerous. The head orarms could hit something while thevehicle is moving. This could causeserious injury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear beforeclosing the moonroof:

A closing moonroof is dangerous. Thehands, head, or even neck of aperson ―especially a child― couldbe caught in it as it closes, causingserious injury or even death.

NOTEBefore washing your Mazda, make sure themoonroof is completely closed so that waterdoes not get inside the cabin area. Afterwashing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe thewater off the moonroof before operating it toavoid water penetration which could causerust and water damage to your headliner.

qTilt Operation

The rear of the moonroof can be tiltedopen to provide more ventilation.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarilypress the tilt switch.To stop tilting partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the slide switch or pull the tiltswitch.

Close (Tilt down)

Tilt down

Tilt up

qSlide Operation

To fully open automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the slide switch.To stop sliding partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-47


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (124,1)

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the slide switch or pull the tiltswitch.

Close

Tilt down (Close)

Open

qPower Moonroof Re-set Procedure

If the battery is disconnected, themoonroof may not operate correctly. Themoonroof will not operate correctly untilit is re-set.Carry out the followingprocedure to re-set the moonroof andresume operation:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Press the tilt switch while the rear ofthe moonroof tilts open to the fullyopen position. The moonroof thencloses a little.

NOTEIf the re-set procedure is performed while themoonroof is in the slide position (partiallyopen) it closes before the rear tilts opens.

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closedby hand.

The sunshade opens automatically whenthe moonroof is opened, but must beclosed by hand.

Sunshade

CAUTIONØ The sunshade does not tilt. To

avoid damaging the sunshade, donot push up on it.

Ø Do not close the sunshade whilethe moonroof is opening. Trying toforce the sunshade closed coulddamage it.

3-48

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (125,1)

Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with an advanced key thesystem recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized advanced key, theengine will not start, thereby helping toprevent the theft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the advanced key(including auxiliary key), consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


CAUTIONDo not allow the following whenstarting the engine with the auxiliarykey due to an advanced key deadbattery or other malfunction.Otherwise the signal from theauxiliary key will not be receivedcorrectly and the engine may notstart.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys forother vehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the auxiliary key.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-49


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (126,1)

NOTEl (U.S.A.)



l The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)carry a unique electronic code. For thisreason, and to assure your safety, obtaininga replacement advanced key (includingauxiliary key) requires some waiting time.They are only available through anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare advanced key in caseone is lost. If an advanced key is lost,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible.

l If you lose an advanced key (includingauxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealerwill reset the electronic codes of yourremaining advanced keys (includingauxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.Bring all the remaining advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or off. Thesecurity indicator light in the instrumentcluster flashes every 2 seconds until thesystem is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionis switched to ON with the registeredadvanced key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect advanced key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

3-50

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (127,1)

NOTEl The engine may not start and the security

indicator light may illuminate or flash if theadvanced key is placed in an area where itis difficult for the system to detect thesignal, such as on the dashboard, or in theglove box. Move the advanced key toanother place, switch the ignition off, andthen restart the engine.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper advanced key andthe engine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If the indicator light isflashing, switch the ignition to ACC or offand wait for a while, then restart theengine. If it does not start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If theengine is shut off while the indicator light isflashing, you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, theadvanced key (including auxiliary key) areneeded. Bring all the advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-51


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (128,1)

Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do notallow the following, as the enginemay not start due to the electronicsignal from the ignition key not beingtransmitted correctly.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare keys or keys for othervehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

3-52

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (129,1)

NOTEl (U.S.A.)



l The keys carry a unique electronic code.For this reason, and to assure your safety,obtaining a replacement key requires somewaiting time. They are only availablethrough an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.If a key is lost, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose a key, an Authorized MazdaDealer will reset the electronic codes ofyour remaining keys and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON to the ACCor LOCK position.The security indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes every twoseconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout three seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-53


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (130,1)

NOTEl If the security indicator light illuminates

and stays on or flashes when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position, theengine will not start.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone, couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper key and yourengine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,then reinsert it and try starting the engineagain. If it does not start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If youshut off the engine while the light isflashing you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, the keysare needed. Bring all the existing keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Theft-Deterrent SystemIf the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, whichcould result in the vehicle or its contentsbeing stolen, the alarm alerts thesurrounding area of an abnormality bysounding the horn and flashing the hazardwarning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-54.

NOTEl The theft-deterrent system operates with the

key or the keyless entry system transmitter.l (With advanced key)

The theft-deterrent system can also beoperated using the advanced keylessfunction.The system operates only when the driver isin the vehicle or within operational rangewhile the advanced key is being carried.

l The system will not function unless it isproperly armed. To properly secure thevehicle, always make sure all windows arecompletely closed and all doors and thetrunk lid/liftgate are locked before leavingthe vehicle. Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 30seconds when the system is triggered byany one of the following:l Forcing open a door, the hood or thetrunk lid/liftgate.

l Unlocking a door with the inside door-lock knob.

l Unlocking a door with the door lockswitch.

l Opening the hood by operating thehood release handle.

3-54

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (131,1)

l (Without advanced key)Switching the ignition ON without thekey.(With advanced key)Switching the ignition ON withoutusing the push button start.

l Opening the trunk lid by operating thetrunk lid release lever.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door or theliftgate is unlocked or the trunk lid isopened with the key or with thetransmitter.(With advanced key)The lights and horn can also bedeactivated by pressing the request switchon a door.

NOTEIf the battery goes dead while the theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn willactivate and the hazard warning lights willflash when the battery is charged or replaced.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.(With advanced key)Press the push button start to offposition, if the auxiliary key is insertedin the key slot, remove it.

2. Make sure the hood and the trunk lidare closed. Close and lock all doors andthe liftgate from the outside using thekey. If you have the keyless entrysystem, press the lock button on thetransmitter.(With advanced key)Press a request switch on the doors orthe lock button on the transmitter.

(Without advanced key)The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:Close the hood and the liftgate/trunklid . Press the area on the door-lockswitch marked “ ” once. Close alldoors.The hazard warning lights will flashonce.The security indicator light in theinstrument panel flashes twice persecond for 20 seconds.

The theft deterrent system can also bearmed by activating the auto re-lockfunction with all the doors, the liftgate/trunk lid and the hood closed.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-55


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (132,1)

NOTELocking the doors with the inside door-lockknob will not arm the system.

3. After 20 seconds, the system is fullyarmed.

NOTEl Auto re-lock function

After unlocking with the transmitter or therequest switch, all doors and the liftgatewill automatically lock if any of thefollowing operations are not performedwithin about 30 seconds.l A door or the liftgate/trunk lid is opened.l The auxiliary key inserted into the key

slot (with advanced key).l The key is inserted in the ignition switch.l The push button start is in any position

except off (with advanced key).l The ignition is switched ON.

l The system will disarm if one of thefollowing operations takes place within 20seconds after closing the trunk lid andlocking all the doors and the liftgate:l Pressing the unlock button on the

transmitter.l Any door or the liftgate/trunk lid is

opened.l Unlocking a door with the inside door-

lock knob.l Unlocking a door with the door lock

switch.l Unlocking the driver's door with the key.l The hood is opened.l The key is inserted in the ignition switch.l The auxiliary key inserted into the key

slot (With advanced key).l The push button start is pressed or a

door is unlocked using a request switchon the front doors (With advanced key).

l The ignition is switched on.To rearm the system, do the armingprocedure again.

l When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter or requestswitch on the front doors or using the keywhile the theft-deterrent system is armed,the hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that the system is armed.

l The method for setting the theft-deterrentsystem can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

qTo Turn Off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l The ignition is switched on.l (With advanced key)Press a request switch on the doors orthe unlock button on the transmitter.

The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

NOTEWhen the doors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter or requestswitch on the front doors or using the keywhile the theft-deterrent system is turned off,the hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the system is turned off.

qTo Stop the Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button or press andhold the trunk button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l The engine is started with the ignitionkey.

3-56

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (133,1)

l (With advanced key)l Press a request switch on the doors.l Press the electric liftgate/trunk lid

opener.l Press the unlock button or press and

hold the trunk button on thetransmitter.

l The engine is started with the pushbutton start.

NOTEIf you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove compartment.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-57


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (134,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment

To change the angle or length of thesteering wheel:

1. Stop the vehicle, pull up the lockrelease lever under the steeringcolumn.

Lock release lever

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust thesteering column length to the desiredpositions, push the lever down to lockthe column.

3. Push the wheel up and down to becertain it's locked before driving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

Flat type (driver's side)Flat surface mirror.Convex type (front passenger side)The mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

Power mirror

The ignition must be switched to ACC orON.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

3-58

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (135,1)

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Selector switch

Mirror switch

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in themiddle position.

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it isflush with the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:

Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

qRearview Mirror

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.Manual day/night mirror

Auto-dimming mirror

Knowing Your Mazda


3-59


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (136,1)

NOTEFor the manual day/night mirror, perform theadjustment with the day/night lever in the dayposition.

Reducing glare from headlights

Manual day/night mirror

Push the day/night lever forward for daydriving. Pull it back to reduce glare ofheadlights from cars at the rear.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

Auto-dimming mirror

The auto-dimming mirror automaticallyreduces glare of headlights from cars atthe rear when the ignition is switched ON.

Press the ON/OFF button ( ) to cancelthe automatic dimming function. Theindicator light will turn off.To reactivate the automatic dimmingfunction, press the ON/OFF button ( ).The indicator light will illuminate.

ON/OFF buttonIndicator light

3-60

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (137,1)

NOTEl Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects

on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,light sensor sensitivity will be affected andmay not operate normally.

Light sensor

Light sensor

l The auto-dimmer function is canceled whenthe ignition is switched ON and the shiftlever/selector lever is in reverse (R).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-61


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (138,1)

3-62


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (139,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-7Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-8Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-10Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-11

Towing ......................................................................................... 4-12Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-12

4-1


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (140,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating* (Anti-knock index)

Regular unleaded fuel 87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control systemto lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONØ USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will leadto deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanolby volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol ofany kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than thosespecified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (141,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use andcould ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalystinside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition willdamage the converter and cause poor performance.Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.Ø Do not coast with the ignition switched off.Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off.Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments

must be made by a qualified technician.Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTEUnder U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system beforethe first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modificationmade on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTEWhile the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear of the rightside of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checkingdevice and it operates while the engine is off.



4-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (142,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Lossof consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closedand the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, whichcontains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness oreven death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. Theexhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (143,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTEEngine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,washer fluid, and other fluid levels should beinspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?l Is the seat adjusted properly?l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is the steering wheel adjusted properly?l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?l Check all gauges.l Check all warning lights when theignition is switched ON.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (144,1)

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.l Do not race the engine.l Do not maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Do not drive constantly at full-throttleor high engine rpm for extendedperiods of time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.l Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.l Keep the tires properly inflated.l Do not carry unnecessary weight.l Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.l Keep windows closed at high speeds.l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:

Stopping the engine when goingdown a hill is dangerous. This causesthe loss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may causedamage to the drivetrain. Any loss ofsteering or braking control couldcause an accident.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (145,1)

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessary todownshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazards:l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and suddenmaneuvering.

l Do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) on page 5-7.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the frontwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the front wheels.

NOTEUse snow chains only on the front wheels.

Floor Mat

WARNINGMake sure the floor mats are hookedon the retention pins to prevent themfrom bunching up under the footpedals:

Using a floor mat that is not securedis dangerous as it will interfere withthe accelerator and brake pedaloperation, which could result in anaccident.

Do not install two floor mats, one ontop of the other, on the driver's side:

Installing two floor mats, one on topof the other, on the driver's side isdangerous as the retention pins canonly keep one floor mat from slidingforward.In using a heavy duty floor mat forwinter use always remove theoriginal floor mat.Loose floor mat(s) will interfere withthe foot pedal and could result in anaccident.

When setting a floor mat, position thefloor mat so that its eyelets are insertedover the pointed end of the retentionposts.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (146,1)

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than 56km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed isdangerous. The spinning tire couldoverheat and explode. This couldcause serious injuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transaxle failure, andtire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tirechains, window scraper, flares, a smallshovel, jumper cables, and a small bagof sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-20.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but do not use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-25).

l Do not use the parking brake infreezing weather as it may freeze.Instead, shift to P with an automatictransaxle and to 1 or R with a manualtransaxle. Block the rear wheels.

l Do not apply excessive force to awindow scraper when removing ice orfrozen snow on the mirror glass andwindshield.

l Never use warm or hot water forremoving snow or ice from windowsand mirrors as it could result in theglass cracking.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (147,1)

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (driver's door frame), butnever more than the maximum cold-tirepressure shown on the tires.Your vehicle is originally equipped withall season radials designed to be used allyear around. In some extreme climatesyou may find it necessary to replace themwith snow tires during the winter monthsto further improve traction on snow andice covered roads.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all fourwheels:

Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and resultin an accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tires withsteel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page5-32).

qTire Chains

Check local regulations before using tirechains.

CAUTIONØ Chains may affect handling.Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30

mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.Ø Do not use chains on a temporary

spare tire; it may result in damageto the vehicle and to the tire.

Ø Do not use chains on roads thatare free of snow or ice. The tiresand chains could be damaged.

Ø Chains may scratch or chipaluminum wheels.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tire chains.

Install the chains on the front tires.Do not use chains on the rear tires.Use only genuine Mazda tire chains.Please consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Installing the chains

1. Remove the wheel covers, or the chainbands will scratch them.

2. Secure the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

3. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (148,1)

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes isdangerous. Increased stoppingdistance or the vehicle pulling to oneside when braking could result in aserious accident. Light braking willindicate whether the brakes havebeen affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause shortcircuiting of electrical/electronicparts, or engine damage or stallingfrom water absorption. If the vehiclehas been immersed in water, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accidentor vehicle damage. You can estimatethe weight of your load by weighingthe items (or people) before puttingthem in the vehicle.

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (149,1)

Driving on Uneven RoadYour vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roadsor over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling onrough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.

Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving underthe following conditions:l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition anglel Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle

Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance andhandling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can bedamaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Usecare and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.


Driving Tips

4-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (150,1)

Trailer TowingThe Mazda3 is not designed for towing.Never tow a trailer with your Mazda3.

4-12


Towing


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (151,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5Manual Transaxle Operation ..................................................... 5-9Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................ 5-12Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-18Cruise Controlí ...................................................................... 5-19Traction Control System (TCS)í ........................................... 5-25Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)í ........................................ 5-26Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-28

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-34Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-34

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-39Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-39Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-54

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-56Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-56Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-60Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-61Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-62Rear Window Wiper and Washer (5 Door) ............................. 5-66Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-66Horn ........................................................................................ 5-67Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-68

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (152,1)

Ignition SwitchWith advanced keyRefer to “Starting the engine (page 3-11)”for information on how to use the ignitionswitch.

qIgnition Switch Positions(Without Advanced Key)

LOCK

The steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

Manual transaxle

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, push the button when thekey is at the ACC position, then turn thekey to the LOCK position.

ButtonPush the button

Automatic transaxle

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, the shift lever must be inthe P position.

Shift lever engaged in P (park)

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (153,1)

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked:

Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur.

Before leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition off, set the parkingbrake, and make sure the shift lever isin P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gearor R (manual transaxle):


NOTEIf turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steeringwheel from side to side.Leaving the key in any position but LOCKposition also disables some of the securityfeatures and may run the battery down.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-39).

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the fuel pump motoroperating near the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

NOTE(With headlight auto-leveling)When the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the headlight levelingmotors operating at the front of the enginecompartment can be heard. This does notindicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning light can be checked after theengine is started (page 5-39).

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched to off (LOCK)or ACC with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

NOTEA personalized function is available to changethe sound volume for the ignition key reminder.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (154,1)

Starting the EngineWith advanced keyRefer to “Starting the engine (page 3-11)”for information on how to start the engine.

NOTEEngine-starting is controlled by the sparkignition system.This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirementsregulating the impulse electrical field strengthof radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. (Manual transaxle)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.(Automatic transaxle)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transaxle)The starter will not operate unless the clutch isdepressed sufficiently.(Automatic transaxle)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

5. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold (up to 10 seconds ata time) until the engine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-17).

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (155,1)

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:

Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadilyapplying the brakes for longdistances is dangerous. This causesoverheated brakes, resulting inlonger stopping distances or eventotal brake failure. This could causeloss of vehicle control and a seriousaccident. Avoid continuousapplication of the brakes.

Dry brakes that have become wet bydriving very slowly and applying thebrakes lightly until brake performanceis normal:


Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (156,1)

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition off, set the parkingbrake, and make sure the shift lever isin P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gearor R (manual transaxle):


CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake onwill cause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTEFor parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving(page 4-8) regarding parking brake use.

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith sufficient force to hold the vehicle ina stationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (157,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchedto START or ON. It turns off when theparking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-22).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If oneis about to lock up, the ABS responds byautomatically releasing and reapplyingthat wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal when the ABS operates. Continueto depress the brake pedal withoutpumping the brakes.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (158,1)

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTEl Braking distances may be longer on loose

surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)which usually have a hard foundation. Avehicle with a normal braking system mayrequire less distance to stop under theseconditions because the tires will build up awedge of surface layer when the wheelsskid.

l The sound of the ABS operating may beheard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting the vehicle.However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs, itis the result of the weak battery and does notindicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (159,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qBrake Assist

During emergency braking situationswhen it is necessary to depress the brakepedal with greater force, the brake assistsystem provides braking assistance, thusenhancing braking performance.

When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, the brakes applymore firmly.

NOTEl When the brake pedal is depressed hard or

depressed more quickly, the pedal will feelsofter but the brakes will apply more firmly.This is a normal effect of the brake assistoperation and does not indicate anabnormality.

l When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, a clicking noisefrom the brake booster may be heard. Thisis a normal effect of the brake assist anddoes not indicate an abnormality.

l The brake assist equipment does notsupersede the functionality of the vehicle'smain braking system.

Manual Transaxle Operation

qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern

5-speed transaxle

6-speed transaxleNeutral position

Neutral position

The vehicle is equipped with either a 5-speed or 6-speed manual transaxle. Theshift pattern for each is shown above.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

(5-speed transaxle)A safety feature prevents accidentalshifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shiftlever must be put in neutral before beingshifted to R.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (160,1)

(6-speed transaxle)Vehicles with 6-speed transaxle areequipped with a device to prevent shiftingto R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shiftlever downward and shift to R.

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or Rposition and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could moveand cause an accident.

CAUTIONØ Keep your foot off the clutch pedal

except when shifting gears. Also,do not use the clutch to hold thevehicle on an upgrade. Riding theclutch will cause needless clutchwear and damage.

Ø Do not apply any excessive lateralforce to the gear lever whenchanging from 5th to 4th gear.This could lead to the accidentalselection of 2nd gear, which canresult in damage to the transaxle.

Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle isstill moving may damage thetransaxle.

NOTEIf shifting to R is difficult, shift back intoneutral, release the clutch pedal, and tryagain.

qRecommendations for Shifting

UpshiftingFor normal acceleration, we recommend these shiftpoints.

Gear 5-speed transaxle 6-speed transaxle

1 to 2 21 km/h (13 mph) 24 km/h (15 mph)

2 to 3 39 km/h (24 mph) 43 km/h (27 mph)

3 to 4 55 km/h (34 mph) 56 km/h (35 mph)

4 to 5 78 km/h (49 mph) 72 km/h (45 mph)

5 to 6 ― 90 km/h (56 mph)

For cruising

Gear 5-speed transaxle 6-speed transaxle

1 to 2 18 km/h (11 mph) 16 km/h (10 mph)

2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph) 32 km/h (20 mph)

3 to 4 47 km/h (29 mph) 48 km/h (30 mph)

4 to 5 68 km/h (42 mph) 60 km/h (37 mph)

5 to 6 ― 71 km/h (44 mph)

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (161,1)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisreduces the chance of stalling and givesbetter acceleration when you need morespeed.On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (162,1)

Automatic Transaxle Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTEThe Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving thedriver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even ifyou intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also beaware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may beretained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear theengine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-15).

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (163,1)

qTransaxle Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transaxle and prevents thefront wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:

Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle isdangerous. If P fails to hold, thevehicle could move and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONØ Shifting into P, N or R while the

vehicle is moving can damageyour transaxle.

Ø Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransaxle.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transaxle are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster than idle,do not shift from N or P into a drivinggear:

It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engineis running faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could movesuddenly, causing an accident orserious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:

Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can cause transaxledamage.

NOTEApply the parking brake or depress the brakepedal before moving the shift lever from N toprevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 5-gear sequence.

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-15).

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (164,1)

qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)automatically controls the transaxle shiftpoints to best suit the road conditions anddriver input. This optimizes engineperformance and improves drivingcomfort. When cornering the vehicle,AAS mode will hold the transaxle in thegear the vehicle was in before entering thecurve, allowing the vehicle to beaccelerated from the same gear afterexiting the curve.If the driver accelerates rapidly, oraccelerates and decelerates rapidly byoperating the accelerator and brake pedalfor a certain period of time while theselector lever is in the D position, AASmode could activate. When this occurs,AAS mode will maintain the transaxle inthe optimum gear and the driver maysense that the transaxle is not shifting,however this does not indicate anabnormality.

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTEl When the ignition is switched off (LOCK),

the shift lever cannot be shifted from P.l To be sure the vehicle is in park, the

ignition key cannot be removed unless theshift lever is in P.

l (With Advanced Key)The ignition cannot be switched from ACCto off (LOCK) when the shift lever is not inP.

qShift-Lock Override

If the shift lever will not move from Pusing the proper shift procedure, continueto hold down the pedal.

1. Remove the shift-lock override coverusing a cloth-wrapped flat headscrewdriver.

2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.

Cover

3. Move the shift lever.

4. Take the vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to have the systemchecked.

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (165,1)

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transaxle vehicle by operating theshift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the front wheelsmuch like a manual transaxle when morecontrol is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

NOTEChanging to manual mode can be done whiledriving the vehicle with no damage occurringto the transaxle.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

NOTEl If you change to manual shift mode when

the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift toM1.

l If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 5th gear, the gear willshift to M4.

Indicators

Shift position indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator

D range/gear position indicator

NOTEl If the gears cannot be shifted down when

driving at higher speeds, the gear positionindicator will flash twice to signal that thegears cannot be shifted down.

l If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)temperature becomes too high, there is thepossibility that the transaxle will switch toautomatic shift mode, canceling manualshift mode and turning off the gear positionindicator illumination. This is a normalfunction to protect the AT. After the ATFtemperature has decreased, the gearposition indicator illumination turns backon and driving in manual shift mode isrestored.

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (166,1)

Shifting

Manually Shifting up

(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.

NOTEl When driving slowly, the gears may not

shift up depending on vehicle speed.l In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up

automatically. Do not run the engine withthe tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. Ifthe tachometer needle enters the REDZONE, you may feel engine-brakingbecause the fuel delivery will be stopped toprotect the engine. However, this does notindicate an abnormality.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Manually Shifting down

(M5→M4→M3→M2→M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

NOTEl When driving at high speeds, the gear may

not shift down depending on vehicle speed.l During deceleration, the gear may

automatically shift down depending onvehicle speed.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (167,1)

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped or driven atabout 10 km/h (6 mph) or less, thetransaxle is set in the second gear fixedmode. The gear is fixed in second while inthis mode for easier starting and drivingon slippery roads. If the shift lever istapped back ( ) or forward ( ) while inthe second gear fixed mode, the mode willbe canceled.

Shifting specificationShifting upIf the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specifiedfor each gear, the gear cannot be shifted up to ahigher gear.(2.0-liter engine model)

Gear Vehicle speed

M1→M2You can shift up to M2 whetherthe vehicle is stopped ormoving.

M2→M3 20.5 km/h (12.8 mph)

M3→M437 km/h (23 mph)

M4→M5

(2.5-liter engine model)

Gear Vehicle speed

M1→M2You can shift up to M2 whetherthe vehicle is stopped ormoving.

M2→M3 20.5 km/h (12.8 mph)

M3→M434 km/h (22 mph)

M4→M5

Shifting downIf the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specifiedfor each gear, the gear cannot be shifted to a lowergear so as to protect the transaxle.(2.0-liter engine model)

Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 213 km/h (132 mph)

M4→M3 153 km/h (95 mph)

M3→M2 100 km/h (62 mph)

M2→M1 40 km/h (24 mph)


Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 196 km/h (121 mph)

M4→M3 135 km/h (83 mph)

M3→M2 90 km/h (55 mph)

M2→M1 37 km/h (22 mph)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced to thefollowing:

Gear Vehicle speed

M5 or M4→M3 31 km/h (19 mph)

M3 or M2→M1 10 km/h (6 mph)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speedsor lower, the gears shift down automatically:(2.0-liter engine model)

Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 199 km/h (123 mph)

M4→M3 146 km/h (90 mph)

M3→M2 54 km/h (33 mph)


Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 183 km/h (113 mph)

M4→M3 126 km/h (78 mph)

M3→M2 51 km/h (31 mph)

Recommendations for shiftingUpshiftingFor normal acceleration and cruising, we recommendthese shift points.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)




Driving Your Mazda


5-17


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (168,1)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDriving Tips

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transaxle willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme left or right for more than 5seconds with the engine running.This could damage the powersteering system.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and goes off when the engine isstarted.

5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (169,1)

If the light stays illuminated after theengine is started or illuminates whiledriving, turn off the engine after parkingin a safe place, and then start the engineagain.If the light does not illuminate afterrestarting the engine, this indicates thatthe power steering is restored and normalsteering is possible.If the light remains illuminated, the powersteering is still inoperable. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl The power steering system is inoperable

when the power steering malfunctionindicator light illuminates. Steering ispossible, but requires more physical effort.

l Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel leftand right while the vehicle is stopped ormoving extremely slowly will cause thepower steering system to go into protectivemode which will make the steering feelheavy, but this does not indicate amalfunction. If this occurs, park the vehiclesafely and wait a few minutes for the systemto return to normal.

Cruise Controlí

With cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 32 km/h (20 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under thefollowing conditions:

Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerousand could result in loss of vehiclecontrol.Ø Hilly terrainØ Steep inclinesØ Heavy or unsteady trafficØ Slippery or winding roadsØ Similar restrictions that require

inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON switch is pressed and thecruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

Driving Your Mazda


5-19íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (170,1)

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ONswitch.

To deactivate the system, press the OFFswitch.(Type A)

(Type B)

WARNINGAlways turn off the cruise controlsystem when it is not in use:

Leaving the cruise control system inan activation-ready state while thecruise control is not in use isdangerous as the cruise control couldunexpectedly activate if theactivation button is accidentallypressed, and result in loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

qTo Set Speed

Type A

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 32 km/h (20 mph).

3. Set the cruise control by pressing thecruise control SET /SET - switch upor down at the desired speed. Thecruise control is set at the moment thecruise control SET /SET - switch ispressed up or down. Release theaccelerator pedal simultaneously.

Cruise control switch

5-20

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (171,1)

NOTEl Release the cruise control switch at the

desired speed, otherwise the speed willcontinue increasing while the switch ispressed up, and continue decreasing whileit is pressed down (except when theaccelerator pedal is depressed).

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while ascending,or speed up while descending.

l Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speeddrops below 27 km/h (17 mph) when cruiseis activated, such as when climbing a steepgrade.

Type B

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the CRUISE ON switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 32 km/h (20 mph).

3. Set the cruise control by pressing theSET or SET - switch at the desiredspeed. The cruise control is set at themoment the SET or SET - switch ispressed. Release the accelerator pedalsimultaneously.

NOTEl Release the SET or SET - switch at the

desired speed, otherwise the speed willcontinue increasing while the SETswitch is pressed and held, and continuedecreasing while the SET - switch is pressedand held (except when the acceleratorpedal is depressed).

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while ascending,or speed up while descending.

l Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speeddrops below 27 km/h (17 mph) when cruiseis activated, such as when climbing a steepgrade.

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Type A

Press up the cruise control SET switchand hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (172,1)

Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET

switch. Multiple taps will increaseyour vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) foreach tap.

Type B

Press the SET switch and hold it. Yourvehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the SET switch.Multiple taps will increase your vehiclespeed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each tap.

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Type A

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press down or press up on the cruisecontrol SET /SET - switch and releaseit immediately.


NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

Type B

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed. Press the SET orSET - switch and release it immediately.

5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (173,1)

NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Type A

Press down the cruise control SET -switch and hold it. The vehicle willgradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET -switch. Multiple taps will decrease yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

Type B

Press the SET - switch and hold it. Thevehicle will gradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the SET- switch.Multiple taps will decrease your vehiclespeed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each tap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 32 km/h (20 mph)

If some other method besides the OFFswitch was used to cancel cruising speed(such as applying the brake pedal) and thesystem is still activated, the most recentset speed will automatically resume whenthe RES switch is pressed.If vehicle speed is below 32 km/h (20mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 32km/h (20 mph) or more and press the RESswitch.

Driving Your Mazda


5-23


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (174,1)

(Type A)

(Type B)

qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:l Press the OFF switch.l Slightly depress the brake pedal.l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransaxle only).

l Press the CANCEL switch.

(Type A)

(Type B)

The system turns off when the ignition isoff.

NOTECruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9mph) below the preset speed (such as mayhappen when climbing a long, steep grade).

5-24

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (175,1)

Traction Control System(TCS)í

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque and braking.When the TCS detects driving wheelslippage, it lowers engine torque andoperates the brakes to prevent loss oftraction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheelswithout causing them to spin and losetraction.

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:

The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

Use snow tires or tire chains and driveat reduced speeds when roads arecovered with ice and/or snow:

Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

NOTETo turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch(page 5-27).

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON. If the TCS or DSC is operating, theindicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC mayhave a malfunction and they may notoperate correctly. Take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (176,1)

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)í

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces, orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-7) and TCS (page5-25).

DSC operation is possible at speedsgreater than 20 km/h (12 mph).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:

The dynamic stability control (DSC)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

CAUTIONØ The DSC may not operate correctly

unless the following are observed:Ø Use tires of the correct size

specified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

Ø Use tires of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

Ø Do not mix worn tires.Ø The DSC may not operate correctly

when tire chains are used or atemporary spare tire is installedbecause the tire diameter changes.

NOTEAfter switching the ignition ON, a clickingsound may be heard behind the dashboard.This sound is the result of the DSC system self-check operation and does not indicate anabnormality.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light



5-26

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (177,1)

qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-27).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

qDSC OFF Switch

Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off theTCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator lightwill illuminate.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicatorlight will go out.

NOTEl When DSC is on and you attempt to free the

vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out offreshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of theDSC system) will activate. Depressing theaccelerator will not increase engine powerand freeing the vehicle may be difficult.When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.

l If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine isturned off, it automatically activates whenthe ignition is switched on.

l Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide thebest stability.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (178,1)

Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via thewarning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal tothe receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTEWhen the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning lightmay illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tirepressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tirepressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tiresregularly.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (179,1)

CAUTIONØ Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold

and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for thosetires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximatelyone minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating aproblem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation orblow out.

NOTEThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (180,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (181,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-8).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (182,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-9).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSystem Error Activation

When the TPMS warning light flashes,there may be a system malfunction.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.l A digital device such as a personal

computer.l A current converter device such as a

DC-AC converter.l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

l When using tire chains.

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tireair pressures, do not apply excessiveforce to the stem part of the wheelunit. The stem part could bedamaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

NOTEEach tire pressure sensor has a unique IDsignal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it can work.The easiest way to do it is to have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer change your tire andcomplete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

Tire pressure sensor ID signal coderegistration is completed when anAuthorized Mazda Dealer changes yourvehicle's tires.

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, switchthe ignition ON, then back to ACC oroff (LOCK).

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (183,1)

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutesof changing tires, the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning light will flash because thesensor ID signal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park the vehicle forabout 15 minutes, after which the sensor IDsignal code will register upon driving thevehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONØ When replacing/repairing the tires

or wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTEl The tire pressure sensor ID signal code

must be registered when a new tire pressuresensor is purchased. For purchase of a tirepressure sensor and registration of the tirepressure sensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replace thegrommet (seal between valve body/sensorand wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

Driving Your Mazda


5-33


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (184,1)

Meters and Gauges(Black-out meter)When the ignition is switched ON, the dashboard gauges illuminate.

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-35Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-35Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-36Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-37Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-37

5-34

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (185,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and TripMeter Selector

The display mode can be changedbetween trip meter A and trip meter B bypressing the selector while one of them isdisplayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

Trip meter

Trip meter selector

Odometer

Trip meter B

Press the selector

Press the selector

Trip meter AOdometer

Odometer

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is in the ACC orLOCK position, the odometer or trip meterscannot be displayed, however, pressing theselector button can inadvertently switch thetrip meters or reset them during anapproximate ten-minute period in the followingcases:l After the ignition switch is turned to the

ACC or LOCK position from the ONposition.

l After the driver's door is opened.

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (186,1)

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for 1 second ormore. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTEl Only the trip meters record tenths of

kilometers (miles).l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted (blownfuse or the battery is disconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km(mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).(2.0-liter engine model)

Red zone


Red zone

CAUTIONDo not run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (187,1)

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is remaining in the tank whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4full.

If the gauge indicates that the fuel level isnear E, refuel as soon as possible.

NOTEl After refueling, it may require some time for

the indicator to stabilize. In addition, theindicator may deviate while driving on aslope or curve since the fuel moves in thetank.

l The direction of the arrow ( ) shows thatthe fuel-filler lid is on the right side of thevehicle.

qDashboard Illumination

Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument cluster and otherilluminations in the dashboard.

NOTEl The brightness of dashboard illuminations

can be adjusted when the headlight switchis in the or position.

l When the dashboard illuminationbrightness cannot be adjusted any more, abeep sound will be heard.

l (Black-out meter)The brightness of the instrument clusterillumination can be adjusted when theheadlight switch is in any position.

Bright

Dim

Canceling the illumination dimmer

When the headlight switch is in theor position, the illumination of theinstrument cluster and the informationdisplay dims.

When driving on snowy or foggy roads,or in other situations when the instrumentcluster or information display's visibilityis reduced due to glare from surroundingbrightness, cancel the illuminationdimmer and increase the illuminationintensity.

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (188,1)

To cancel the illumination dimmer, pressthe dashboard illumination knob.

NOTEl This symbol ( ) indicates the knob to

adjust the brightness of the dashboardillumination.

l If the illumination dimmer is cancelled, theinstrument cluster and the informationdisplay will not dim when the headlightswitch is turned to the orposition again.

5-38

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (189,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-41

Charging System Warning Light 5-43

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5-43

Check Engine Light 5-43

High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 5-44

ABS Warning Light 5-42

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-44

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds

5-39


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (190,1)


Low Fuel Warning Light 5-45

Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5-45

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 5-45

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-46

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5-46

Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5-47

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-47

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) 5-49

Electronic Steering Lock Warning Light 5-50

Security Indicator Light 5-50

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-51

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-51

TCS/DSC Indicator Light 5-51

DSC OFF Indicator Light 5-52

AFS OFF Indicator Light 5-52

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-52

5-40

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (191,1)


Lights-On Indicator Light 5-53

Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 5-53

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-53

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchedto START or ON. It turns off when theparking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-22).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

Driving Your Mazda


5-41


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (192,1)

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs, itis the result of the weak battery and does notindicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (193,1)

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

This warning light indicates low engineoil pressure.

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way on level ground.

2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutesfor the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-19).If it's low, add the appropriate amountof engine oil while being careful not tooverfill.

4. Start the engine and check the warninglight.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add oil, stop the engine immediatelyand have your vehicle towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not run the engine if the oilpressure is low. It could result inextensive engine damage.

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (194,1)

The check engine light may illuminate inthe following cases:l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The fuel-filler cap is missing or nottightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

qHigh Engine CoolantTemperature Warning Light

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the light illuminatesmomentarily and then turns off.The light flashes when the engine coolanttemperature is extremely high, andilluminates when the engine coolanttemperature increases further.

Handling Procedure

Flashing light

Drive slowly to reduce engine load.

Illuminated light

This indicates the possibility ofoverheating. Park the vehicle in a safeplace immediately and take appropriatemeasures.Refer to Overheating (page 7-15).

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle with the highengine coolant temperature warninglight illuminated. Otherwise, it couldresult in damage to the engine.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off aftera specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition isswitched ON. If any of these occur,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may notwork in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

5-44

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (195,1)

qLow Fuel Warning Light

This warning light signals that the fueltank will soon be empty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qCheck Fuel Cap Warning Light


If the check fuel cap warning lightilluminates while driving, the fuel-fillercap may not be installed properly. Stopthe engine and reinstall the fuel-filler cap.Refer to the fuel-filler cap on page 3-45.

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition is switched ON.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignition isswitched ON.

The warning lightilluminates for about 1minute and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionis switched ON.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

Belt minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate orrestore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger notseatedThe belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition is switched ON, thewarning light/beep operates to give youfurther reminders according to the chartbelow.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep


Driving Your Mazda


5-45


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (196,1)

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.Driver seated/Front passenger seatedThe seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor, trunk, or liftgate is not securelyclosed.Close the door, trunk, or liftgate securelybefore driving the vehicle.

qLowWasher Fluid LevelWarning Lightí

This warning light indicates that littlewasher fluid remains. Add fluid (page8-25).

5-46

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (197,1)

qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.The light illuminates when the transaxlehas a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transaxle warninglight illuminates, the transaxle hasan electrical problem. Continuing todrive your Mazda in this conditioncould cause damage to yourtransaxle. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) Warning Lightí


Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-47íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (198,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-8).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (199,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-9).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEYIndicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key)

This indicator has two colors.

KEY Warning Light (Red)

When illuminated

l When the push button start is pressedON, it illuminates momentarily andthen turns off.

l If any malfunction occurs in theadvanced keyless system, it illuminatescontinuously.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the KEYwarning light illuminated:

If the KEY warning light remainsilluminated, do not continue to driveusing the advanced key system. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place and usethe auxiliary key to continue drivingthe vehicle. Have the vehicleinspected at an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

When flashing

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) flashes toinform the driver that the push buttonstart will not switch to ACC even if itis pressed from off.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not within

operational range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (200,1)

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) will flashcontinuously when the push buttonstart has not been pressed off to notifythe driver that the advanced key hasbeen removed. The KEY warning light(red) will stop flashing when theadvanced key is back inside thevehicle:l The push button start has not been

pressed off, the driver's door isopen, and the advanced key isremoved from the vehicle.

l The push button start has not beenpressed off and all the doors areclosed after removing the advancedkey from the vehicle.

NOTEBecause the advanced key utilizes low-intensityradio waves, the Advanced Key Removed FromVehicle Warning may activate if the advancedkey is carried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception area.

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

When illuminated

When the brake pedal is depressed withan automatic transaxle or the clutch pedalis depressed with a manual transaxle, thesystem confirms that the correct advancedkey is inside the vehicle, the KEYindicator light (green) illuminates, and thepush button start can be pressed to ACC(page 3-11).

When flashing

When the push button start is pressed offfrom ON, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining batterypower is low. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable.

Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance onpage 3-7.

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

qElectronic Steering LockWarning Lightí

The warning light remains illuminated fora few seconds after the push button start ispressed ON.It flashes if the steering wheel is notunlocked after the push button start ispressed. (page 3-11)

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition is switchedfrom ON to ACC and the immobilizersystem is armed.

5-50

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (201,1)

The light stops flashing when the ignitionis switched ON with the correct ignitionkey.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then turns off.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:l The high-beam headlights are on.l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light(Automatic Transaxle)

This indicates the selected shift position.

Gear position indicator

In manual mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator illuminates and thenumeral for the selected gear displays inthe gear position indicator.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Lightí


Driving Your Mazda


5-51íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (202,1)


qDSC OFF Indicator Lightí

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-27).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

qAFS OFF Indicator Lightí

The AFS OFF indicator light illuminatesbriefly when the ignition is switched ON,and then turns off.Pressing the AFS OFF switch cancels theAFS function and illuminates theindicator light.

The following conditions could indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. If oneof the following conditions occurs,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.l The AFS OFF indicator light does notilluminate even though the ignition isswitched ON.

l The AFS OFF indicator light flashescontinuously.

NOTEl The system will not operate if the battery

has been disconnected or a fuse has beenreplaced. The AFS indicator light flashesunder any of these conditions.To restore the AFS function, do thefollowing operation.

1. Switch the ignition ON.

2. Turn the steering wheel completely to theright, and then completely to the left.

3. Switch the ignition to off (LOCK) or ACC,and then back to ON.

4. Make sure the indicator light turns off.If the indicator light remains illuminatedafter the ignition is switched ON again,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Even if the AFS is not operating due tosome malfunction, the normal headlightfunction is still operable.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)í

The indicator light has two colors.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (203,1)

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON switch is pressed and thecruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qLights-On Indicator Light(Black-out meter)

This indicator light illuminates when theexterior lights and dashboard illuminationare on.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and goes off when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays illuminated after theengine is started or illuminates whiledriving, turn off the engine after parkingin a safe place, and then start the engineagain.If the light does not illuminate afterrestarting the engine, this indicates thatthe power steering is restored and normalsteering is possible.If the light remains illuminated, the powersteering is still inoperable. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl The power steering system is inoperable

when the power steering malfunctionindicator light illuminates. Steering ispossible, but requires more physical effort.

l Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel leftand right while the vehicle is stopped ormoving extremely slowly will cause thepower steering system to go into protectivemode which will make the steering feelheavy, but this does not indicate amalfunction. If this occurs, park the vehiclesafely and wait a few minutes for the systemto return to normal.

qTurn Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-60).

Driving Your Mazda


5-53


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (204,1)

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-68).

NOTEIf an indicator light remains illuminated (doesnot flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out.

Beep Sounds

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy and this could resultin death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealerto have the vehicle inspected as soonas possible.

5-54

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (205,1)

qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition is switched ON, a beepsound will be heard for about 6 seconds.If the driver or the front passenger's seatbelt is not fastened and the vehicle isdriven at a speed faster than about 20km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will beheard again for a specified period of time.Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep onpage 5-45.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched to off (LOCK)or ACC with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

NOTEA personalized function is available to changethe sound volume for the ignition key reminder.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTEl When the advanced keyless function is used

and the push button start is pressed toACC, the “Push Button Start Not in OFFWarning Beep” (page 3-20) overrides thelights-on reminder.

l A personalized function is available tochange the sound volume for the lights-onreminder. Refer to Personalization Featureson page 10-9.

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeepí

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds when there is anyabnormality in tire inflation pressures(page 5-28).

qAdvanced Keyless Warningí

Warning indicators for the advanced key,such as “the advanced key removed fromvehicle warning”, use a beep sound andwarning/indicator lights in the instrumentcluster.Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds onpage 3-20.

qElectronic Steering LockWarning Beepí

The warning beep operates if the steeringwheel is not unlocked after the pushbutton start is pressed. (page 3-11)

Driving Your Mazda


5-55íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (206,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

Type A (Without AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, do notleave the lights on while the engine is offunless safety requires them.

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off

Auto

Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-markerlightsDashboardillumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, do notleave the lights on while the engine is offunless safety requires them.

AUTO (Auto-light control)When the headlight is in the AUTOposition and the ignition is switched ON,the light sensor senses the surroundinglightness or darkness and automaticallyturns on or off the headlights, otherexterior lights and dashboard illumination(see chart above).

5-56

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (207,1)

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the light sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the lightsensor will not operate correctly.

Light sensor

Ø The light sensor also works as arain sensor for the auto-wipercontrol. Keep hands and scrapersclear of the windshield when thewiper lever is in the AUTO positionand the ignition is switched ON asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen the wipers activateautomatically. If you are going toclean the windshield, be sure thewipers are turned off completely -this is particularly important whenclearing ice and snow - when it isparticularly tempting to leave theengine running.

NOTEl The light may not turn off immediately even

if the surrounding area becomes well-litbecause the light sensor determines that itis nighttime if the surrounding area iscontinuously dark for several minutes suchas inside long tunnels, traffic jams insidetunnels, or in indoor parking lots.In this case, the light turns off if the lightswitch is turned to the OFF position.

l When the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition is switched toACC or off (LOCK), the headlights, otherexterior lights and dashboard illuminationwill turn off.

l The timing for turning on the headlights,other exterior lights and dashboardillumination can be delayed by adjustingthe sensitivity of the light sensor. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensoradjustment.

l The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may bechanged.Refer to Personalization Featureson page 10-9.

Xenon fusion headlight bulbsí

The low-beam bulbs of the headlightshave xenon fusion bulbs that produce abright white beam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Driving Your Mazda


5-57íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (208,1)

NOTEIf the headlights flicker, or the brightnessweakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and areplacement is necessary. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTEl When the advanced keyless function is used

and the push button start is pressed toACC, the “Push Button Start Not in OFFWarning Beep” (page 3-20) overrides thelights-on reminder.

l A personalized function is available tochange the sound volume for the lights-onreminder. Refer to Personalization Featureson page 10-9.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Push the lever forward for high beam.Pull back to original position for lowbeam.

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytoward you. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on, and the lever will returnto the normal position when released.

OFF

Flashing

qHeadlight Levelingí

The number of passengers and weight ofcargo in the luggage compartment changethe angle of the headlights.

Auto type

The angle of the headlights will beautomatically adjusted when turning onthe headlights.

Manual type

The headlight leveling switch adjusts thisangle.

5-58

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (209,1)

Select the proper setting from thefollowing chart.

Front seat Rearseat

LoadSwitchPositionDriver Passenger

× ― ― ― 0

× × ― ― 0

× × × ― 1

× × × × 2

× ― ― × 3

×: Yes―: No

qAdaptable Front Lighting System(AFS)í

The adaptable front lighting system (AFS)automatically adjusts the headlight beamsto the left or right in conjunction with theoperation of the steering wheel after theheadlights have been turned on and thevehicle speed is about 2 km/h (2 mph) orhigher.

AFS OFF indicator light

The AFS OFF indicator light illuminatesbriefly when the ignition is switched ON,and then turns off.Pressing the AFS OFF switch cancels theAFS function and illuminates theindicator light.

The following conditions could indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. If oneof the following conditions occurs,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.l The AFS OFF indicator light does notilluminate even though the ignition isswitched ON.

l The AFS OFF indicator light flashescontinuously.

NOTEl The system will not operate if the battery

has been disconnected or a fuse has beenreplaced. The AFS indicator light flashesunder any of these conditions.To restore the AFS function, do thefollowing operation.


2. Turn the steering wheel completely to theright, and then completely to the left.

3. Switch the ignition to off (LOCK) or ACC,and then back to ON.

4. Make sure the indicator light turns off.If the indicator light remains illuminatedafter the ignition is switched ON again,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Even if the AFS is not operating due tosome malfunction, the normal headlightfunction is still operable.

AFS OFF switch

Pressing the AFS OFF switch turns off theAFS.

Driving Your Mazda


5-59íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (210,1)

Pressing the AFS OFF switch again turnsoff the AFS OFF indicator light and turnson the AFS.

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignition isswitched ON.

NOTEThe Daytime Running Lights turn off when theparking brake is applied.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

qTurn Signal

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

Right lane change

Left lane change

OFF

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

5-60

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (211,1)

NOTEl If an indicator light stays on without

flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burned out.

l A personalized function is available tochange the number of flashes.Refer toPersonalization Features on page 10-9.

l A personalized function is available tochange the turn indicator soundvolume.Refer to Personalization Featureson page 10-9.

Fog Lightsí

Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.They help you to see as well as to be seen.

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the foglight switch to the position.The headlight switch must be in theor position to turn on the fog lights.

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog lightswitch to the OFF position or turn theheadlight switch to the OFF position.

NOTEl The fog lights will turn off when the

headlights are set at high beam.l (With auto-light control)

If the fog light switch is in the ON positionand the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the fog lights will be turned onwhen the exterior lights and dashboardillumination are automatically turned on.

Driving Your Mazda


5-61íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (212,1)

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition must be switched ON.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluidmixed with anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions:

Using windshield washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions isdangerous as it could freeze on thewindshield and block your visionwhich could cause an accident.In addition, make sure thewindshield is sufficiently warmedusing the defroster before sprayingthe washer fluid.

NOTEBecause heavy ice and snow can jam the wiperblades, the wiper motor is protected frommotor breakdown, overheating and possiblefire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of the blades, butonly for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiper switch andpark off the right-of-way, and remove the snowand ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and theblades should operate normally. If they do notresume functioning, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive tothe side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before tryingto drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Type A (With INT position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.INT ― IntermittentLO ― Low speedHI ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, press the leverup to MIST.MIST ― Mist

5-62

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (213,1)

Variable-speed intermittent wipersí

Set the lever to INT and choose theinterval timing by rotating the ring.

INT ring

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.AUTO― Auto controlLO ― Low speedHI ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, press the leverup to MIST.MIST ― Mist

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)When the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition, the rain sensor senses theamount of rainfall on the windshield andturns the wiper on or off automatically(off―intermittent―low speed―highspeed).

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can beadjusted by turning the switch on thewiper lever.From the center position (normal), turnthe switch towards (+) for highersensitivity (faster response) or turn theswitch towards (_) for less sensitivity(slower response).

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivity

Switch

Center position

Driving Your Mazda


5-63íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (214,1)

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the rain sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the rainsensor will not operate correctly.

Rain sensor

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers maymove automatically in thefollowing cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched.Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the wiperlever is in the AUTO position andthe ignition is switched ON asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen the wipers activateautomatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely - this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow - when it isparticularly tempting to leave theengine running.

5-64

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (215,1)

NOTEl Switching the auto-wiper lever from the

OFF to the AUTO position while driving ata vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher(or after driving the vehicle) activates thewindshield wipers once, after which theyoperate according to the rainfall amount.

l The auto-wiper control may not operatewhen the rain sensor temperature is about_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C(185 °F) or higher.

l If the windshield is coated with waterrepellent, the rain sensor may not be able tosense the amount of rainfall correctly andauto-wiper control may not operateproperly.

l If dirt or foreign matter (e.g. ice or mattercontaining salt water) adheres to thewindshield above the rain sensor or if thewindshield is iced, it could cause the wipersto move automatically. However, if thewipers cannot remove this ice, dirt orforeign matter, the auto-wiper control willstop operation. In this case, pull the wiperlever to the low speed or high speedposition for manual operation, or removethe ice, dirt or foreign matter by hand torestore the auto-wiper operation.

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

Washer

OFF

NOTEWith the wiper lever in the OFF or INT (TypeA)/AUTO (Type B) position, the wipers willoperate continuously until the lever isreleased.

If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-25). If it's normal,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-65


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (216,1)

Rear Window Wiper andWasher (5 Door)

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

qRear Window Wiper

Turn the wiper on by turning the rearwiper/washer switch.ON ― NormalINT ― Intermittent

qRear Window Washer

To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to the position. Afterthe switch is released, the washer willstop.If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-25). If it's normal andthe washer still does not work, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.

The ignition must be switched ON.

Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster. The rear windowdefroster operates for about 15 minutesand turns off automatically.The indicator light illuminates duringoperation.

To turn off the rear window defrosterbefore the 15 minutes has elapsed, pressthe switch again.

Fully Automatic Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

5-66

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (217,1)

Manual Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

CAUTIONDo not use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage thedefroster grid inside the window.

NOTEThis defroster is not designed for melting snow.If there is an accumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using the defroster.

qMirror Defrosterí

To turn on the mirror defrosters, switchthe ignition ON and press the rear windowdefroster switch (page 5-66).

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

Driving Your Mazda


5-67íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (218,1)

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Hazard warning flasher

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

5-68

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (219,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System .......................... 6-2Operating Tips .................................... 6-2Vent Operation .................................... 6-3Types of the Climate ControlSystem ................................................. 6-5Manual Typeí .................................... 6-6Fully Automatic Typeí .................... 6-11

Audio System ......................................... 6-17Antenna ............................................. 6-17Operating Tips for Audio System ..... 6-18Audio Set .......................................... 6-27Audio Control Switch Operationí .... 6-56AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ........... 6-59Safety Certification ........................... 6-62

Bluetooth Audio ..................................... 6-63Bluetooth Audioí ............................. 6-63

Bluetooth Hands-Free ........................... 6-72Bluetooth Hands-Freeí .................... 6-72Basic Bluetooth Hands-FreeOperation .......................................... 6-76Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ............................................... 6-80Hands-Free Setting ............................ 6-86When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot beUsed .................................................. 6-92Safety Certification ........................... 6-92Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free CustomerService .............................................. 6-93

Interior Equipment ............................... 6-94Sunvisors ........................................... 6-94Interior Lights ................................... 6-94Information Display .......................... 6-96Multi Information Displayí ............. 6-98Cup Holder ...................................... 6-108Bottle Holder ................................... 6-109Storage Compartments .................... 6-110Accessory Sockets ........................... 6-113

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (220,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the fan control dial on for a longperiod of time with the ignition in ON when theengine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions such as leaves,snow and ice from the hood and the airinlet in the cowl grille to improve thesystem efficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTEThe air conditioner may be used along with theheater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air position in normalconditions. The recirculated air positionshould be used only when driving ondusty roads or for quick cooling of theinterior.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qReplacement of the Cabin AirFilterí

If your vehicle is equipped with an airfilter for the air conditioner, it is necessaryto change the filter periodically asindicated in scheduled maintenance (page8-3). Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for replacement of the cabin airfilter.

6-2

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Climate Control System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (221,1)

Vent Operation

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

Side Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, open thevents and rotate them left and right.

Push

Center Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, movethe adjustment knob.

Knob

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner under humidambient temperature conditions, the systemmay blow fog from the vents. This is not a signof trouble but a result of humid air beingsuddenly cooled.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (222,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Dashboard Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents

Floor Vents

Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (223,1)

Types of the Climate Control SystemManual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6

Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................. page 6-11

Interior Comfort


6-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (224,1)

Manual Typeí

Temperature control dialFan control dialMode selector dial

Air intake selectorA/C switch

Some models.

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial

This dial allows variable fan speeds.0―Fan off1―Low speed2―Medium low speed3―Medium high speed4―High speed

6-6

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (225,1)

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

NOTEl The mode selector dial can be set at the

intermediate positions ( ) between eachmode. Set the dial to a intermediateposition if you want to slightly adjust theairflow amount.

l For example, when the mode selector dial isat the position between the andpositions, airflow from the floor vent is lessthan that of the position.

A/C switch í

Press the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Press the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTEl The air conditioner may not function when

the outside temperature approaches 0 °C(32 °F).

l (U.S.A.)When the mode is set to or with thefan control dial in a position other than 0and the temperature control dial in themaximum cold position, the air intakeselector switches to the recirculated airmode and the A/C turns on automatically.If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switchto turn it off.If recirculated air mode is not desired,press the air intake selector to switch tooutside air mode.

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternatebetween the outside air and recirculatedair modes.

It is recommended that under normalconditions the switch be kept in theoutside air mode.

Outside air mode (indicator lightturned off)

Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Usethis mode for normal ventilation andheating.

Interior Comfort


6-7íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (226,1)

Recirculated air mode (indicator lightilluminated)

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

This mode can be used when driving on adusty road or in similar conditions. It alsohelps to provide quicker cooling of theinterior.

WARNINGDo not use the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather:

Using the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather is dangerous asit will cause the windows to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

qHeating

1. Set the mode selector dial to theposition.

2. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

3. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

NOTEl If the windshield fogs up easily, set the

mode selector dial to the position.l If cooler air is desired at face level, set the

mode selector dial at the position andadjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

l In the or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)í


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

6-8

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (227,1)

CAUTIONIf the air conditioner is used whiledriving up long hills or in heavytraffic, monitor the engine coolanttemperature warning light to see if itis illuminated or flashing (page5-44).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the warning light isilluminated or flashing, turn the airconditioning off (page 7-15).

NOTEl When maximum cooling is desired, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme coldposition and set the air intake selector tothe recirculated air mode, then set the fancontrol dial to position 4.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level, setthe mode selector dial at the positionand adjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

qVentilation


2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging




WARNINGDo not defog the windshield using the

position with the temperaturecontrol set to the cold position:

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident. Set the temperature controlto the hot or warm position whenusing the position.

NOTEl For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme hotposition and the fan control dial to position4.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, set themode selector dial to the position.

l In the , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

Interior Comfort


6-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (228,1)

qDehumidifying (With AirConditioner)í

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windshield andside windows.

1. Set the mode selector dial to thedesired position.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.



5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTEOne of the functions of the air conditioner isdehumidifying the air and, to use this function,the temperature does not have to be set to cold.Therefore, set the temperature control dial tothe desired position (hot or cold) and turn onthe air conditioner when you want todehumidify the cabin air.

6-10

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (229,1)

Fully Automatic Typeí

Climate control information is displayed on the information display.

Information display

A/CTemperature setting display (driver) Temperature setting display (passenger)

Mode selector display

DUALAUTO

Air intake displayAirflow display

A/C switch

AUTO switch

Driver temperature control dial

Windshield defroster switch

Fan control dial Passenger temperature control dial

Mode selector switch Air intake selector

OFF switch DUAL switch

Interior Comfort


6-11íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (230,1)

qControl Switches

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the selectedset temperature:l Airflow temperaturel Amount of airflowl Selection of airflow model Outside/Recirculated air selectionl Air conditioner operation

NOTEAUTO switch indicator lightl When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and

the system will function automatically.l If any of the following dials or switches are

operated while in AUTO control, the AUTOswitch indicator turns off.l Mode selector switchl Fan control diall Windshield defroster switchThe functions for dials and switches otherthan those operated in the above continueto operate in AUTO control.

OFF switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off theclimate control system.

Temperature control dial

Hot Cold

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.l When the DUAL switch is off:Turn the driver temperature control dialto control the temperature.

l When the DUAL switch is on:Turn the driver or front passengertemperature control dial to control thetemperature.

NOTEThe system changes to the individual operationmode (DUAL switch indicator lightilluminated) by turning the front passengertemperature control dial even when the DUALswitch is off, which allows individual controlof the set temperature for the driver and frontpassenger.

Fan control dial

Slow Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selectedspeed will be displayed.

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (231,1)

Mode selector switch

The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-4).

NOTEl With the airflow mode set to the

position and the temperature control dialset at a medium temperature, heated air isdirected to the feet and a comparably lowerair temperature will flow through thecentral, left and right vents.

l To set the air vent to , press thewindshield defroster switch.

l In the or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on andthe outside air mode is automaticallyselected to defrost the windshield. In theor position, the outside air modecannot be changed to the recirculated airmode.

A/C switch

Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTOswitch is turned on will turn off the airconditioning (cooling/dehumidifyingfunctions). The air conditioning can beturned on and off by pressing the A/Cswitch while the fan control dial is on.

NOTEl The air conditioning operates when the A/C

switch is pressed even if the fan is off.l The air conditioner may not function when

the outside temperature approaches 0 °C(32 °F). (Indicator light remains on evenwhen system is off.)

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.Recirculated air position (indicatorlight illuminated)Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas) or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position (indicator lightturned off)Use this position for normal conditionsand defogging.

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (232,1)

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.

DUAL switch

Use the DUAL switch to change the modebetween the individual operation (driverand passenger) and interconnectionmodes.

Individual operation mode (indicatorlight illuminated)

The set temperature can be controlledindividually for the driver and frontpassenger.

Interconnection mode (indicator lightturned off)

The set temperature for the driver andfront passenger is controlledsimultaneously.

NOTEis displayed on the information display

while in the individual operation mode.

Windshield defroster switch

Press the switch to defrost the windshieldand front door windows.

NOTEIn the position, the air conditioner isautomatically turned on and the outside airmode is automatically selected to defrost thewindshield. In the position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection ofthe airflow mode, air intake selectorand amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled.

6-14

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (233,1)

2. Use the temperature control dial toselect a desired temperature.Press the DUAL switch or turn thefront passenger temperature controldial to control the set temperatureindividually for the driver and frontpassenger.

To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

NOTEl Setting the temperature to the maximum

high or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.

l When selecting heat, the system will restrictairflow until it has warmed to prevent coldair from blowing out of the vents.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Press the windshield defroster switch.In this position, the outside air position isautomatically selected, and the airconditioner automatically turns on. Theair conditioner will directly dehumidifythe air to the front windshield and sidewindows (page 6-4). Airflow amount willbe increased.

WARNINGSet the temperature control to the hotor warm position when defogging (position):

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

NOTEUse the temperature control dial to increasethe air flow temperature and defog thewindshield more quickly.

Interior Comfort


6-15


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (234,1)

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditionerfunction measures inside and outsidetemperatures, and sunlight. It then setstemperatures inside the passengercompartment accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct either sensor,otherwise the automatic airconditioner will not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

6-16

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (235,1)

Antenna

qAntenna (4 Door)

AM/FM Radio Antenna

The AM/FM radio antenna receives bothAM and FM signals.The AM/FM radio antenna is in the rearwindow.

CAUTIONWhen washing the inside rearwindow, use a soft cloth dampenedin lukewarm water, gently wiping theantenna lines. Use of glass cleaningproducts could damage the antenna.

Satellite Radio Antennaí

The satellite radio antenna receivesSIRIUS signals.

qAntenna (5 Door)

To remove the antenna, turn itcounterclockwise.To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.Make sure the antenna is securelyinstalled.

AM/FM Radio Antennaí

The AM/FM radio antenna receives bothAM and FM signals.

Remove

Install

Antenna for AM/FM and SatelliteRadio Antennaí

The antenna for AM/FM and satelliteradio antenna receives both AM and FMsignals and SIRIUS signals.

Remove

Install

CAUTIONØ To prevent damage to the

antenna, remove it before enteringa car wash facility or passingbeneath a low overhead clearance.

Ø Be careful around the antennawhen removing snow from theroof. Otherwise the antenna couldbe damaged.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (236,1)

NOTEWhen leaving your vehicle unattended, werecommend that you remove the antenna andstore it inside the vehicle.

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving,adjust the audio volume to a levelthat allows you to hear soundsoutside of the vehicle including carhorns and particularly emergencyvehicle sirens.

NOTEl To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the audio systemon for a long period of time when theengine is not running.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio is used inor near the vehicle, it could cause noise tooccur from the audio system, however, thisdoes not indicate that the system has beendamaged.

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (237,1)

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (238,1)

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (239,1)

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (240,1)

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown. No otherdiscs can be played.

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (241,1)

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in theCD player.When playing an 8 cm (3 in) CD withthe CD player, use a CD adapter. If an8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is not used, theCD player may be damaged. Alwaysuse a CD adapter.An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in theIn-dash CD changer if an 8 cm (3 in)CD adapter is used.If an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is notused, the In-dash CD changer may bedamaged. Always use a CD adapter.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating Tips for MP3

NOTESupply of this product only conveys a licensefor private, non-commercial use and does notconvey a license nor imply any right to use thisproduct in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, cable and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or in otherelectronic content distribution systems, such aspay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.An independent license for such use isrequired. For details, please visithttp://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (242,1)

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 40sessions.

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

About folders and files

l The order of hierarchy for MP3 filesand folders during playback or otherfunctions is from shallow to deep. Thearrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:l File number

A numerical file number is assignedto each file in a folder in the order ofhierarchy from shallow to deep.

l Folder numberA numerical folder number isassigned to each folder in the orderof hierarchy from shallow to deep.

NOTEFolders and tracks (files) within the samehierarchy play in the order they were written tothe disc depending on the write software.

05

06

0102

04

03

1

5

4

2

3

Folder No.

Level1Level2Level3Level4

Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit.

: Track (File): Folder

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

6-24

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (243,1)

l A single disc with up to 512 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

l The maximum number of charactersthat can be used for file names is asfollows. However, this unit will onlydisplay up to 32 characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number ofcharacters in a file name(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the

file extension)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extendedformat

64

Romeo extendedformat

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) andunderbar “_” are available.

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit can only display English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. Use only English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters wheninputting ID3 tags. Two-byte charactersand some special symbols cannot bedisplayed.

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by an ISO(International Organization forStandardization) MPEG working group.Use of MP3 allows for audio data to becompressed to approximately a tenth ofthe source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (244,1)

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

qOperating Tips for WMA

WMA is short for Windows Media Audioand is the audio compression format usedby Microsoft.Audio data can be created and stored at ahigher compression ratio than MP3.* Microsoft and Windows Media are

registered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation U.S. in the United Statesand other countries.

Playable WMA file specification

CD-R and CD-RW including WMA filescan be played with this unit. Discs whichconform to the following formats can beplayed.Playable WMA files are as follows:

Item Content

SpecificationWindows MediaAudio Version 7.0,8.0, 9.0

Samplingfrequency

Bit rate

32kHz. . . . . . . 32, 40,48 kbps

44.1kHz . . . . . 32, 48,64, 80, 96, 128, 160,192, 256, 320 kbps

48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96,128, 160, 192 kbps

VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported

Channel mode Stereo/Monaural

WMA tagTitle, artist name,album name

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the (.wma)file extension as a WMA file. Do notuse the WMA file extension for filesother than WMA files. It may causenoise or a malfunction.

l In a WMA file, the track name, artistname and album name are recordedwith data called “WMA-Tag”, and theinformation can be displayed.

l WMA files which do not comply withthe specific standard may not be playedcorrectly or its file and folder namemay not be displayed correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.wma” to the end of the file name, andthen write the disc.

6-26

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (245,1)

Audio SetAudio information is displayed on the information display.

CD Player In-Dash CD Changer

Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-28Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-32Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-34Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-46Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-50Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-54Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-55

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (246,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Power/Volume dial Audio control dial

Power ON/OFF

Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (247,1)

Standard audio-equipped model

*1

*1

*1

*1

*2

Bose Sound System-equipped model*1

*1

*1

*1

*1

*2

*1 Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

*2 Depending on the model, thisfunction, may not be available.

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:


Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

Select mode

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (248,1)

Bose® Sound System-equipped model

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

OFF ON

OFF ON

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble


front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

Select mode

NOTEAbout 5 seconds after selecting any mode, thevolume function will be automatically selected.To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, pressthe audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unitwill beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control is a featurethat automatically adjusts audio volumeand sound quality according to the vehiclespeed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Select the desired ALC mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

6-30

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (249,1)

*AudioPilot® 2 (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)

AudioPilot® 2 automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality in accordancewith the level of noise entering the vehicleinterior while driving. When AudioPilot®

2 is turned on, the system automaticallycalculates the conditions for optimumhearing of sound which may be difficultto hear depending on exterior noise.* AudioPilot® 2 is a registered trademark

of Bose Corporation.*Centerpoint® (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)

Centerpoint® offers you the experience of5.1-channel surround sound in yourvehicle even with your conventional 2-channel stereo CDs.Centerpoint® can be set on or off.

NOTEl Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2-

channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can beplayed, however, MP3 audio files encodedwith high compression may result in poorsound quality.

l Centerpoint® is available for 2-channelstereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX/BTaudio.

* Centerpoint® is a registered trademarkof Bose Corporation.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

ILLM EFT setting (Illumination settingduring operation)

The audio system illumination duringoperation can be set on or off.

Welcome modeí

The welcome mode provides thefollowing presentation:Sound is heard when the ignition is turnedon.

BT SETUP modeí

Music and other audio such as voice datarecorded on portable audio devices andmobile phones available on the marketwhich are equipped with the Bluetoothtransmission function can be listened tovia wireless transmission over thevehicle's speakers. Using the BT SETUPmode, these devices can be programmedto the Bluetooth unit or changed. Fordetails, refer to Bluetooth audio (page6-63).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-31íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (250,1)

qOperating the Radio

Channel preset buttons

Seek tuning buttons

Manual tuning dial

Band selector buttons Scan button


Auto memory button

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( , ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Choose AM by pressing the AM button( ) and FM by pressing the FM button( ).

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will go out.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-32

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (251,1)

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the button,the frequency will continue changing withoutstopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepsound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory button( ) to recall stations from the auto-stored stations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTEIf no stations can be tuned after scanningoperations, “A” will be displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (252,1)

qOperating the Satellite Radio


Seek tuning buttons

Manual tuning dial

Category button

Band selector buttons

Scan button

Channel preset buttons Text/Electronic Serial number button

Satellite button

Instant replay buttonDisplay button

Information display

All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display.

Channel number, Channel name, Category name, Artist name, Song title, ID code, Preset channel number, Bank number, Error signs

6-34

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (253,1)

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class B digitaldevice, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, If not installedand used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation. If this equipment doescause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determinedby turning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the interferenceby one or more of the following measures:- Increase the separation between theequipment and tuner.- Connect the equipment into an outlet on acircuit different from that to which the tuner isconnected.- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

What is satellite radio?

SIRIUS is radio the way it was meant tobe: More than 100 new channels of digitalquality programming delivered to listenerscoast to coast via satellite. That meanschannels of completely commercial-freemusic plus more channels of news, sports,and entertainment from names likeCNBC, Discovery, SCI-FI Channel, A&E,House of Blues, E!, NPR, Speed visionand ESPN.SIRIUS is live, dynamic entertainment,completely focused on listeners. Everyminute of every day of every week will bedifferent. All commercial-free musicchannels are created in-house and hostedby DJs who know and love the music. Doyou like Reggae? How about ClassicRock or New Rock? SIRIUS has an arrayof choices spanning a vast range ofmusical tastes including the hits of the50's, 60's, 70's, & 80's as well as Jazz,Country, Blues, Pop, Rap, R&B,Bluegrass, Alternative, Classical, HeavyMetal, Dance and many others.From its state-of-the-art, digitalbroadcasting facility in RockefellerCenter, New York City, SIRIUS willdeliver the broadest, deepest mix of radioentertainment from coast to coast.SIRIUS will bring you music andentertainment programming that is simplynot available on traditional radio in anymarket across the country. It's radio likeyou've never heard before.Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! Formore information, visit siriusradio.com.Satellite radio can be subscribed to andreceived in the United States. (ExceptAlaska and Hawaii) and Canada.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (254,1)

How to subscribe to satellite radio

Once the system is installed you must firstsubscribe to the SIRIUS Radio service toactivate the system.The SIRIUS Radio service uses an IDcode to identify your radio. This code isneeded to subscribe to SIRIUS Radio, andif needed, is also used to report anyproblems should there be any in thefuture. Listeners can subscribe using anyof the following methods:l Visiting SIRIUS on the web at www.sirius.com

l Subscribing to SIRIUS customer care,available 24 hours a day, 7 days aweek.

l Calling (888) 539-7474l E-mail at: [email protected]

l Writing to: SATELLITE RADIO1221 Avenue of the AmericasNew York, NY 10020Attention: Customer Care

Customers should have their SIRIUSRadio ID Electronic Serial Number(ESN#) ready.

NOTEYour ESN# should have been recorded at thetime of installation. If not, press the ESNbutton for 1.5 seconds or longer to display the12-digit ESN for the SIRIUS tuner.

Satellite radio activation

For activation and subscriptioninformation call toll-free at 1-888-539-SIRI (7474). A SIRIUS Customer Carerepresentative will take the necessaryinformation and walk you through theactivation process. Or you can visitSIRIUS online at WWW.siriusradio.comand click on the “Join” button.

When you call the SIRIUS CustomersCare number you have two optionsavailable.(1) The full package which allows you

access to all SIRIUS content exceptpay- per-view.

(2) The family package which allowsaccess to certain channels. Please seethe website: www.sirius.com fordetails.

Please have the following informationready when attempting to activate yourservice:l SIRIUS ID (ESN*)l Valid credit card information (type,number, expiration date)

When you are ready to receive the on-airactivation signals you will be instructed(for activation via phone) to turn on yourtuner, have the antenna pointed skyward,and to set the channel to channel 184.Once the signal is sent from the nationalstudio it may take up to ten minutes to bereceived by your unit.

NOTEOn-air activation is completed after theprocedure, in most cases from ten seconds toten minutes.

* ESN: Electronic Serial Number

SIRIUS operation

All operations of the satellite radio areconducted by means of the audio unit.

SIRIUS radio mode selection

When the satellite button is pressed duringACC ON, it will play the last SIRIUSchannel in use before the mode wasswitched over to another mode or thepower was turned off.When the satellite button is pressed in amode other than the SIRIUS mode, thelast channel in use will be received.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (255,1)

Every time the satellite button is pressed,the bank changes in the order shownbelow.

SR2SR1 SR3

NOTESR1, SR2 and SR3: six stations can be storedin each bank for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Operation in the initial state

It may take some time to start up theequipment when it is in the initial state,when there is a change in the user'ssubscription condition, or when theSIRIUS channel map is changed.“UPDATING xx%” is displayed when theSIRIUS channel map is changed. If theunit is initialized or the user contractcontent is changed, “UPDATING” isdisplayed. Updating could take as long asthree minutes depending on thegeographical area. When the unit is in aninitialized state, channel 184 is displayedafter the display indicates“UPDATING 100%”. If the SIRIUSchannel map or the user contract contentis changed, the channel prior to thechange is displayed after “UPDATING” isdisplayed. After the initialization display,it may take as long as 12 seconds toreceive channel 184.

When the SIRIUS mode is switched toanother mode, or when the power isturned off, the present channel which isbeing received is stored as the lastchannel.

Channel selection

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired receiving channel.l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Upl Turn the knob counterclockwise:Channel Down

Unsubscribed channel

When a selected station has not beensubscribed to, the display indicates thefollowing:After the channel number is displayed,[CALL 888] and [539 SIRI](Flashes alternately) is displayed.

NOTEWhen the subscription contract is canceled, allof the channels including channel 184 appearas unsubscribed.

Invalid channel

The display switches between [SR(bank number) INVALID] and [SR(bank number) CHANNEL] onlywhen a selected channel is notbroadcasting.

NOTEIf the last channel selected has becomeunavailable because of a channel update theabove indication is displayed until any buttonis pressed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (256,1)

Preset channel programming

(Programming with “channel number”display)

1. Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR (bank number) (channelnumber)]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the channel number flashes. Then,[SR (bank number)] is displayedand a beep sound is heard at the sametime.

3. [SR (bank number) CH(preset number) (channel number)]are displayed.

(Programming with “text” display (e.g.channel name))

1. Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR (bank number) (selectedtext (e.g. channel name))]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the text (e.g. channel name)flashes. Then, [SR (bank number)]is displayed and you will hear beepsound at the same time.

3. SR (bank number) CH(preset number) (channel number)]are displayed.

4. Three seconds later, it returns to normaldisplay. [SR (bank number) (text(e.g. channel name))]

NOTESix stations can be stored in each bank, SR1,SR2, and SR3 for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Preset channel call-up

Press and release the channel presetbutton,[SR (bank number) CH (presetnumber) (channel number)] appears.When the preset button is pressed duringtext mode, its channel number isdisplayed first for three second and thenits text is displayed.

NOTEIn the initial setting, all channels are preset to184.

Category change

Press the category button (UP or DOWN)and select the desired category.l Press the category button (UP):Category up

l Press the category button (DOWN):Category down

Every time the category (UP) button ispressed for 1.5 second or less, thecategory is changed over in the ordershown below.At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.Highest category→Category all→Lowestcategory

NOTEWhile in “CATEGORYALL” mode, allchannels covering a category can be accessed(Category off condition).

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (257,1)

Channel selection within a category

If category is not in “ALL” and thechannel number is displayed, turning themanual tuning dial moves the channelnumber up/down in the present category.l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:Channel Up

l Turn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise: Channel Down

NOTEThe channel number needs to be indicated inthe display to use manual tuning dial for thisfunction.

Channel number, channel name,category, artist, song titles and infodisplay

Each time the display button is pressedduring SIRIUS reception, the display ofthe text data is changed over in the ordershown below.

Channel number Channel name

Category name

Artist name

Info

Song title

NOTEl Eight characters are displayed on one

screen.l To display the rest of the characters of a

long title, press the text button ( ).The display scrolls the next eightcharacters. Press the text button ( )again after the last eight characters havebeen displayed to return to the beginning ofthe title.

(Channel number display)l When the display button is pressedwhile in info display mode, the modechanges to the channel number displaymode.

(Channel name display)l When the display button is pressedwhile in channel number display mode,it changes to channel name displaymode.

l There are short (eight fixed characters)and long names for the channel name.

l The long name is displayed first, andthree seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe channel name, press the text button(TEXT). The display scrolls the nexteight characters. Press the text button(TEXT) again after the last eightcharacters have been displayed toreturn to the beginning of the title.

l Press the text button while the shortname is displayed to switch the displayto the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto the first part of the long name. Threemore seconds and the short nameappears.

l If there is no channel name,“No TITLE” is displayed.

(Category name display)l When the display button is pressedwhile in channel name display mode, itchanges to the category name displaymode.

l There are short (eight fixed characters)and long names for the category name.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (258,1)

l The long name is displayed first, andthree seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe category name, press the textbutton (TEXT). The display scrolls thenext eight characters. Press the textbutton (TEXT) again after the last eightcharacters have been displayed toreturn to the beginning of the title.

l Press the text button while the shortname is displayed to switch the displayto the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto display the first part of the longname. Three more seconds and theshort name appears.

l If there is no category name,“No CATEGORY” is displayed.

(Artist name display)l When the display button is pressedwhile in category name display mode,it changes to the artist name displaymode.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe artist's name, press the text button(TEXT). The display scrolls the nexteight characters. Press the text button(TEXT) again after the last eightcharacters have been displayed toreturn to the beginning of the title.

l Three seconds after scrolling the artistname, the display automatically returnto display the first part of the artist'sname.

l If there is no artist's name,“No ARTIST” is displayed.

(Song title display)l When the display button is pressedwhile in artist name display mode, itchanges to the song title display mode.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe song title, press the text button(TEXT). The display scrolls the nexteight characters. Press the text button(TEXT) again after the last eightcharacters have been displayed toreturn to the beginning of the title.

l Three more seconds after scrolling thesong title, the display automaticallyreturns to display the first part of thesong title.

l If there is no song title, “No SONG” isdisplayed.

(INFO (such as composer's name)display)l When the display button is pressedwhile in song title display mode, itchanges to the INFO display mode.

l To display the rest of the characters ofthe composer's name, press the textbutton (TEXT). The display scrolls thenext eight characters. Press the textbutton (TEXT) again after the last eightcharacters have been displayed toreturn to the beginning of the title.

l Three seconds after scrolling the text,the display automatically returns todisplay the first part of the text.

l If there is no composer name,“No INFO” is displayed.

Instant replay

This function allows you to rewind andreplay the program that you werepreviously or are currently listening to.Press the instant replay button ( ).

6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (259,1)

When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed (about 1.5 seconds), playbackstarts from the beginning of the currentprogram.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed twice, playback starts from thebeginning of the previous program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed for about 1.5 seconds or longer,the program is reversed while the buttonis being pressed.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed (about 1.5 seconds), playbackstarts from the beginning of the nextprogram. When the seek tuning button( ) is pressed (about 1.5 seconds) whilethe last program is being played, theinstant replay mode is cancelled.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed for 1.5 seconds or longer, theprogram is fast-forwarded while thebutton is being pressed. When pressingand holding the button until the end of theprogram, the instant replay mode iscancelled.When the instant replay button is pressedagain, playback is paused, or playbackstarts if it has been paused.Instant replay (PAUSE)If the instant replay button is pressedwhile the instant replay mode is off,instant replay mode is turned on in apaused condition (PAUSE). Press theinstant replay button again to resumeplayback from the point at which it waspaused.

NOTEl If the channel is changed, the instant replay

buffer data is deleted.l After turning on the power and switching to

SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode, theinstant replay mode is not available forseveral seconds after changing channels.

Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)

When the ESN button is pressed for 1.5seconds or longer, a 12-digit ElectronicSerial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUStuner is displayed.

(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tunerdoes not display)If “ESN FAIL” is displayed afterpressing the ESN button for 1.5 secondsor longer, contact an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Initialization of ID code

If the registered ID code is forgotten,return the ID code to the default [0000] byperforming the following steps:Setting condition: SAT mode

NOTE(scan button) refers to the operation for an In-dash CD changer-equipped vehicle. The automemory button refers to the operation for aCD player-equipped vehicle.

(Master code input preparation)

1. Hold the auto memory button (scanbutton), then press channel presetbutton 4, hold both buttons together for1.5 seconds.

2. “ENTER PIN” appears for threeseconds which indicates that it is incode input mode.

3. “SR1 - - - -” appears, which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.

(Master code input)

4. Input the master code using the channelpreset buttons 1-4.(The master code is already set at thetime of factory shipment.)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (260,1)

(Master code input determination)

5. Determine the master code which hasbeen input by pressing the automemory button (scan button).

6. “PIN CLEARED” appears whichindicates that the master code input hasbeen completed.

7. The ID code is set to the default [0000]and the initialization process iscompleted.

NOTEMaster code:The Master Code is used to initialize or re-initialize the ID code in the event that the codeis not set to [0000] and/or the personalized IDcode is not known. The initialization processresets the ID code to [0000]. The master codecan potentially defeat the intent of the securityof the parental lock if it is located by personsnot authorized by the owner to access certainchannels.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]

NOTEl When a numeric value other than the

master code is input and the auto memorybutton (scan button) is pressed, “SR1 Err”is displayed and then it returns to the“SR1 - - - -” display again.

l If an ID code is not input for ten seconds,“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and theauto memory button (scan button) are usedfor inputting the ID code. Buttons 5 and 6cannot be used.

Change of ID code

Setting condition: SAT mode

When changing the ID code, the new IDcode is input after the previous one isinput first.


(Registered ID code input)




4. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4.Example: When the registered ID codeis “2323”, input “2323”. At this time“SR1 2323” is displayed.Press 1 for the first digit, 2 for thesecond, 3 for the third, and 4 for thelast digit. For example, if your numberis 2323, press 1 three times, 2 fourtimes, 3 three, and 4 four times. If thedisplay goes off while inputting, beginfrom Step 1.

NOTEThe registered ID code is the default [0000] atthe time of factory shipment. If [0000] resultsin “Err” on the display, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset to [0000].

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (261,1)

(Verification with the registered IDcode)

5. Determine the input code by pressingthe auto memory button (scan button).

6. If it does not match with the previouslyregistered code, “SR1 Err” is displayedand then it returns to “SR1 - - - -”.

7. If it matches with the previouslyregistered code, “ENTER PIN” appearsagain and it switches to code inputmode.

8. “SR1 - - - -” appears, and it is ready forinput of the new ID code.

(New ID code input)

9. Input the new ID code using channelpreset buttons 1-4.Example: If “1234” is input as the newcode, “SR1 1234” is displayed.

(New ID code input determination)

10. Determine the new ID code whichhas been input by pressing the automemory button (scan button).

11. “PIN CHANGED” appears for threeseconds which indicates that the newID code input has been completed.

12. It returns to the former display.

NOTEl If an ID code is not input for ten seconds,

“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and theauto memory button (scan button) are usedfor input of the ID code. Buttons 5 and 6cannot be used.

Individual channel locking

If a channel is locked, the channel ismuted.

NOTEl If the registered ID code is forgotten, return

the ID code to the default [0000]. (See“INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section)

l (scan button) refers to the operation for anIn-dash CD changer-equipped vehicle. Theauto memory button refers to the operationfor a CD player-equipped vehicle.

(Locking a channel)

1. Select a channel to be locked byturning the manual tuning dial.Example: Select channel 100

(Registered ID code input preparation)



4. “SR1 - - - -” appears which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.


5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example: Ifthe registered ID code is “2323”, input“2323”. At this time “SR1 2323” isdisplayed.

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the code which has beeninput by pressing the auto memorybutton (scan button).

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (262,1)

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 LOCK” appears for threeseconds which indicates that the codeinput has been completed.

9. “SR1 LOCK 100” appears whichindicates that the parental lock isactivated. At this time, mute is on andno sound is heard.




Lock cancellation

Setting condition: SAT mode


(Releasing a locked channel)

1. Select a channel to be released byturning the manual tuning dial.Example: Select the locked channel(i.e. 100). At this time,“SR1 LOCK 100” is displayed.

(Registered ID code input preparation)





5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example:When the registered ID code is “2323”,input “2323”. At this time “SR1 2323”is displayed.

NOTEIf “Err” is displayed, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset the ID code to [0000].

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the input code by pressingthe auto memory button (scan button).

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 UNLOCK” appears for threeseconds which indicates that the codeinput has been completed.

9. “SR1 100” appears which indicates thatthe parental lock is off. At this time,sound is heard.




6-44

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (263,1)

Error signs

(1) Depending on the surroundingconditions (such as large trees,buildings, or tunnels) and specialweather conditions, the reception ofSIRIUS radio waves may bedecreased or temporarily interrupted.“ACQUIRING” may appear.

(2) In case of an antenna malfunction,“ANTENNA FAIL” is displayed.Check the satellite radio antenna,antenna cable and DLP antennaconnector.

NOTEIf a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a newunit, cancel the license for the broken unit andmake sure to carry out new registration for thereplaced unit. If the license for the broken unitis not canceled, you will be charged areception fee for both units.

* DLP: Down Link Processor(SATELLITE RADIO Module)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-45


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (264,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player

Track down/Reverse button

Track up/Fast-forward button

CD eject buttonCD slot

CD play button

Display button

Folder down button

Folder up button

Random buttonRepeat button

Text button

Load button

Scan buttonPlay/Pause button

Type Playable data

Music/MP3/WMA CDplayer

· Music data (CD-DA)· MP3/WMA file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3/WMA files, playback of the two or threefile types differs depending on how the discwas recorded.

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play.

NOTEThere will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTEWhen the load button ( ) is pressed, theCD will load and play even if the CD ejectbutton ( ) had been previously pressed.

Pause

To stop playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.

6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (265,1)

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) or turn thefile dial clockwise once to skip forward tothe beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) or turnthe file dial counterclockwise once to skipback to the beginning of the current track.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback

During music CD playback

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.

During MP3/WMA CD playback

(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-47


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (266,1)

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly.“DISC RDM” is displayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name or other namethat have been input, the display changesin the order of the file names or othernames each time the display button ( )is pressed during playback.Music CD

File name

Album name

Artist name

Track number/Elapsed time

MP3/WMA CD

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Folder number/Track number

File number/Elapsed time

NOTE(MP3/WMA CD)This unit can only read English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters. Depending onthe CD writing software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll

Only 12 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, press the textbutton ( ). The display scrolls thenext 12 characters. Press the text button( ) again after the last 12 charactershave been displayed to return to thebeginning of the title.

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

6-48

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (267,1)

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-49


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (268,1)

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Track up/Fast-forward button

CD eject button

Display button

Load button



Track down/Reverse button Text button

Disc down button

Folder down button

Folder up button

Disc up button

Random button

Repeat button

CD slot

CD play button

Scan button

Play/Pause button

Type Playable data

Music/MP3/WMA CDplayer

·Music data (CD-DA)·MP3/WMA file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3/WMA files, playback of the two or threefile types differs depending on how the discwas recorded.

Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play.

NOTEThere will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired tray number while “WAIT” isdisplayed.


NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

6-50

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (269,1)

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.


3. When “IN” is displayed again, insertthe next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “IN” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). Thedisc number and “DISC OUT” will bedisplayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired CD number for less than 5seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) againfor less than 5 seconds after the beepsound is heard.

NOTEIf the button is not pressed and about 5seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” isflashing, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting with the one

with the lowest number.l All CDs in the tray will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition is

switched off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) for about 2 seconds and allCDs will eject.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

Pause

To stop playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-51


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (270,1)

Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) or turn thefile dial clockwise once to skip forward tothe beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) or turnthe file dial counterclockwise once to skipback to the beginning of the current track.

Disc search

To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) during playback.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.



(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.



(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

6-52

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (271,1)

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly.“DISC RDM” is displayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name or other namethat have been input, the display changesin the order of the file names or othernames each time the display button ( )is pressed during playback.Music CD

Disc tray number

File name

Album name

Artist name

Disc number/Track number/Elapsed time

MP3/WMA CD

Disc tray number

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

Disc number/Folder number/Track number

Disc number/File number/Elapsed time

NOTE(MP3/WMA CD)This unit can only read English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters. Depending onthe CD writing software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll

Only 12 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, press the textbutton ( ). The display scrolls thenext 12 characters. Press the text button( ) again after the last 12 charactershave been displayed to return to thebeginning of the title.

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3/.wma), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-53


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (272,1)

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack

You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers, refer toAuxiliary Input (page 6-59).

6-54

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (273,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-55


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (274,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperationí

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.

NOTEBecause the audio unit will be turned off underthe following conditions, the switches will beinoperable.l When the ignition is turned off (LOCK).l When the power button on the audio unit is

pressed and the audio unit is turned off.l When the CD being played is ejected and

the audio unit is turned off.

Without Bluetooth Hands-Free andnavigation system

With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigationsystemUse the talk button, pick-up button, andhang-up button for navigation systemsound operation.For details, refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

Talk buttonPick-up button

Talk button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

NOTEl The talk button, pick-up button, and hang-

up button are operable with the audio unitturned off.

l Mazda has installed this system to preventdistraction while driving the vehicle andusing audio controls on the dashboard.Always make safe driving your first priority.

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, pull up thevolume switch.

To decrease the volume, press down thevolume switch.

6-56

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (275,1)


With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigationsystem

qChanging the Source

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>AM radio> CD player or CD changer>SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3> AUX>BT audio> cyclical).Without Bluetooth Hands-Free andnavigation system


Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-57


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (276,1)

NOTECD, CD changer, SIRIUS digital satelliteradio, and BT audio modes cannot be selectedin the following cases:· SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit, or BTaudio unit is not equipped on the audiosystem.

· CD has not been inserted.The AUX mode is locked out unless youconnect a commercially available portableaudio unit to the auxiliary jack. Connect aportable audio unit or similar product on themarket to the auxiliary jack to listen to musicor audio over the vehicle's speakers. Changethe audio source to AUX mode (page 6-59).

qSeek Switch



When listening to the radio or SIRIUSdigital satellite radio

Pull up or press down the seek switch, theradio switches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).

Pull up or press down the seek switch forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard to seek all usable stations at ahigher or lower frequency whetherprogrammed or not.

When playing a CD or BT audio

Pull up the seek switch to skip to the nexttrack.Press down the seek switch to repeat thecurrent track.Pull up or press down and hold the seekswitch to continuously switch the tracksup or down.

6-58

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (277,1)

qMute Switchí

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTEIf the ignition is turned off (LOCK) with theaudio muted, the mute will be canceled.Therefore, when the engine is restarted, theaudio is not muted. To mute the audio again,press the mute switch ( ).


AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers.

Auxiliary jack

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:

Adjusting the portable audio unit ora similar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

CAUTIONØ Close the lid when the auxiliary

jack is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids frompenetrating the auxiliary jack.

Ø Noise may occur during playbackif the accessory socket equippedon the vehicle is used. (If noiseoccurs, do not use the accessorysocket.)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-59íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (278,1)

NOTEl Before using the auxiliary jack, read the

manufacturer's instructions for the productbeing connected.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug forconnecting the portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliaryjack, read the manufacture's instructionsfor connecting a portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery, donot use the auxiliary input for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

l Noise may occur depending on the productconnected to the auxiliary jack.

l With regard to connecting a portable audioor similar device to a power source, use thebattery for the device, not the accessorysocket.

Connecting the auxiliary jack

1. Open the console lid.

2. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe cutout of the console and insert theplug into the auxiliary jack.

Plug

WARNINGDo not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:

Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake orthe shift lever is dangerous as itcould interfere with driving, resultingin an accident.

CAUTIONDo not place objects or apply force tothe auxiliary jack with the plugconnected.

NOTEl Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack

securely.l Insert or remove the plug with the plug

perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.l Insert or remove the plug by holding its

base.

To listen to a portable audio unit

1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

2. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

6-60

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (279,1)

3. Press the AUX button ( ) of theaudio unit or the mode switch ( )of the audio control switches on thesteering wheel to change to the AUXmode.

Audio Unit Audio Control Switches

NOTEl Set the volume of the portable audio unit to

the maximum within the range that thesound does not become distorted, thenadjust the volume using the power/volumedial of the audio unit or the up/down switchof the audio control switch.

l Use your portable audio unit for operationsother than volume adjustment.

l If the connection plug is pulled out from theauxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noisemay occur.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-61


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (280,1)

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONØ This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified

service personnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CDplayer with the top case of the unit removed.

Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTEFor CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation.

6-62

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (281,1)

Bluetooth Audioí

qWhat is Bluetooth Audio?

Bluetooth audio outline

By programming portable audio devicesequipped with the Bluetoothcommunication function to the vehicle'sBluetooth unit, you can listen to music oraudio recorded on these audio devicesfrom the vehicle's speakers. Bluetoothaudio devices are not those you do notneed to plug into the auxiliary jack.After programming, operate the audiosystem's control panel to play/stop themusic or audio.

CAUTIONØ Always program audio devices to

the Bluetooth audio system whilethe vehicle is stopped.

Ø Because only specified Bluetoothaudio devices can be used, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer whenpurchasing or changing devices.Bluetooth audio devices whichcorrespond to specified Bluetoothversions and profiles can beBluetooth-connected to thevehicle's Bluetooth unit, however,even among these devices are oneswhich cannot be Bluetooth-connected or have limitedfunctionality. Each device to beused with the vehicle's Bluetoothunit needs to be checkedindividually for compatibility.Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer concerning devicecompatibility.Phone: 800-430-0153Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth specificationVer. 2.0 or higher

Audio profile

l A2DP (Advanced Audio DistributionProfile) Ver. 1.0

l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote ControlProfile) Ver. 1.0

A2DP is a profile which transmits onlyaudio to the Bluetooth unit. If yourBluetooth audio device corresponds onlyto A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannotoperate it using the control panel of thevehicle's audio system. In this case, theBluetooth audio device can be operatedby controlling the device itself, the sameas when a portable audio system withoutthe Bluetooth communication function isconnected to the AUX terminal.

Function A2DP A2DP+AVRCP

Playback No Yes

Pause No Yes

File (Track) up/down No Yes

Yes: AvailableNo: Not available

Bluetooth is the registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG. Inc.

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio

6-63íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (282,1)

NOTEl It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth

audio device if it is placed anywheretransmission is compromised, such asinside a metal container or the trunk. Movethe Bluetooth audio device to a locationwhere transmission is possible.

l Battery consumption of Bluetooth audiodevices is higher while Bluetooth-connected.

l If a non-Bluetooth device is to be used, acommercially-available Bluetooth adapteris required. When playing an audio devicewith a Bluetooth adapter installed,programming of the audio device may notbe possible or audio may not be heard fromthe vehicle speakers if the connection of theadapter and the device is poor. If thishappens, check if the Bluetooth adapter isproperly connected.

qBluetooth Audio preparation

Bluetooth audio device set-up

Bluetooth audio programming, changes,deletions, and display of programmeddevice information can be performed.

1. The mode changes as follows eachtime the audio control dial is pressed.Select “BT SETUP”.


*1

*1

*1

*1

*2

6-64

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (283,1)

Bose Sound System-equipped model*1

*1

*1

*1

*1

*2

*1 Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

*2 Depending on the model, thisfunction, may not be available.

2. Turn the audio control dial and select adesired mode.

Display Mode Function

PAIR DEVICEPairingprogrammode

Bluetoothaudio deviceprogramming

LINK CHANGELink changemode

Changing linkto Bluetoothaudio device

PAIR DELETEPairingdeletion mode

Deleting linkto Bluetoothaudio device

DEVICE INFODeviceinformationdisplay mode

Displayingvehicle'sBluetooth unitinformation

3. Press the audio control dial todetermine the mode.

Bluetooth audio device programming

Any Bluetooth audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetoothunit before it can be listened to over thevehicle's speakers.A maximum of seven devices includingBluetooth audio devices and hands-freemobile phones can be programmed to onevehicle.

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio

6-65


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (284,1)

NOTEl Always perform Bluetooth audio device

programming while the vehicle is stopped.l If a Bluetooth device has already been

programmed to the vehicle as a hands-freemobile phone, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a Bluetooth audio device. Conversely, itdoes not need to be programmed again as ahands-free mobile phone if it has alreadybeen programmed as a Bluetooth audiodevice.

l Look around to be sure other likelyBluetooth audio devices are not in rangewhen you start to program, move your carto another location if in doubt. Thetransmission range of a Bluetooth audiodevice is about 10 m (32 ft). Therefore, ifthere is another Bluetooth audio devicewithin a 10 m (32 ft) radius of the vehicle,the device may be identified andprogrammed instead.

l Device registration can also be done usingvoice recognition (page 6-76).

Concerning the operation of a Bluetoothaudio device itself, refer to its instructionmanual.Some Bluetooth audio devices have PINcodes (four digits). Refer to the audiodevice's instruction manual because theprogramming procedure differs dependingon whether it has a PIN code or not.

Programming a Bluetooth audio devicewhich has a PIN code (4 digits)

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepairing program mode“PAIR DEVICE” in the “BT SETUP”mode. (Refer to“Bluetooth audio device set-up” fordetails.)

2. Press the audio control dial todetermine the mode.After “ENTER PIN” is displayed onthe information display for 3 seconds,“PIN 0000” is displayed and the PINcode can be input.

3. Input the PIN code of your Bluetoothaudio device by pressing channelpreset buttons 1 to 4 while “PIN 0000”is displayed.Press channel preset button 1 to inputthe first digit, 2 for the second, 3 forthe third, and 4 for the forth. Forexample, if the PIN code were “4213”,press channel preset button 1 fourtimes (1, 2, 3, 4), button 2 twice (1, 2),button 3 once (1), and button 4 threetimes (1, 2, 3). If the “PIN 0000”display disappears before finishing thePIN code input, repeat the procedurefrom Step 1.

NOTESome devices accept only a particular pairingcode (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).If pairing cannot be completed, refer to theowner's manual of your mobile device, and trythose numbers if necessary.

4. Press the audio control dial while theinput PIN code is displayed.“PAIRING” flashes on the display.

5. Operate the Bluetooth audio device andset it to the program mode while“PAIRING” is flashing.

6. When the programming is completed,“ ” and “PAIR SUCCESS” aredisplayed after about 10-30 seconds,after which “PAIR SUCCESS”continues to be displayed for threeseconds, and then the unit returns to thenormal display.

6-66

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (285,1)

NOTEl Some Bluetooth audio devices need a

certain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.l If the programming failed, “Err” flashes

for three seconds then it returns to“PAIR DEVICE”.

l Programming cannot be performed whilethe vehicle is moving. If you attempt toperform programming while the vehicle ismoving, “PAIR DISABLE” is displayed andit returns to “PAIR DEVICE”.

l If seven Bluetooth audio devices havealready been programmed to the vehicle,programming cannot be performed and“MEMORY FULL” is displayed. Deleteone programmed device to programanother one.

Programming a Bluetooth audio devicewhich does not have a PIN code (4digits)

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepairing program mode“PAIR DEVICE” in the “BT SETUP”mode. (Refer to“Bluetooth audio set up” for details.)

2. Press the audio control dial todetermine the mode.After “ENTER PIN” is displayed onthe information display for 3 seconds,“PIN 0000” is displayed and the PINcode can be input.

3. Press the audio control dial while“PIN 0000” is displayed.“PAIRING” flashes on the display.

4. Operate the Bluetooth audio device andset it to the program mode while“PAIRING” is flashing.

5. As the Bluetooth audio device requiresa PIN code, input “0000”.

6. When the programming is completed,“ ” and “PAIR SUCCESS” aredisplayed after about 10-30 seconds,after which “PAIR SUCCESS”continues to be displayed for threeseconds, and then the unit returns to thenormal display.

NOTEl If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”

instead. Refer to the owner's manual ofyour mobile device for the right PIN code.

l Some Bluetooth audio devices need acertain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.l If the programming failed, “Err” flashes

for three seconds then it returns to“PAIR DEVICE”.

l Programming cannot be performed whilethe vehicle is moving. If you attempt toperform programming while the vehicle ismoving, “PAIR DISABLE” is displayed andit returns to “PAIR DEVICE”.

l If seven Bluetooth audio devices havealready been programmed to the vehicle,programming cannot be performed and“MEMORY FULL” is displayed. Deleteone programmed device to programanother one.

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio

6-67


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (286,1)

Changing the link to a Bluetooth audiodevice

If several devices have been programmed,the Bluetooth unit links the device lastprogrammed. If you would like to link adifferent programmed device, it isnecessary to change the link. The order ofdevice priority after the link has beenchanged is maintained even when theignition is switched off (LOCK).

1. Using the audio control dial, select thelink change mode “LINK CHANGE”in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to“Bluetooth audio device set-up” fordetails.)


3. The name of the currently linkedBluetooth audio device is displayed.If no Bluetooth audio device iscurrently linked, the name of the firstdevice among the programmed devicesis displayed.

4. Turn the audio control dial to select thename of the device you would like tolink.

Device name 1

Device name 2

Device name 3

Device name 4

Device name 5

Device name 6

Device name 7

5. Press the audio control dial to select thedevice you would like to link.The “ ” symbol disappears, and“PAIRING” flashes in the display.

NOTEWhen “GO BACK” is selected and the audiocontrol dial is pressed, the display returns to“LINK CHANGE”.

6. If the link to the desired device issuccessful, the “ ” symbol isdisplayed again, together with“LINK CHANGED”.“LINK CHANGED” is displayed forthree seconds, then it returns to thenormal display.

6-68

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (287,1)

NOTEl Some Bluetooth audio devices need a

certain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.l If a hands-free type mobile phone has been

the most recently programmed device, theBluetooth unit links this device. If youwould like to use a Bluetooth audio typedevice which has been previouslyprogrammed to the Bluetooth unit, the linkmust be changed to this device.

l If an error occurs while trying to link adevice, “Err” flashes in the display for 3seconds, and the display returns to“LINK CHANGE”. If this occurs, check theprogramming status of the Bluetooth audiodevice and the location of the device in thevehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-typebox), and then try the link operation again.

l Device selection can also be done usingvoice recognition (page 6-86).

How to confirm the device currentlylinked

Switch to the link-change mode. (Refer to“Changing the link to a Bluetooth audiodevice”)The device name displayed first is thedevice which is currently linked.

Deleting the link to a Bluetooth audiodevice

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepairing delete mode “PAIR DELETE”in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to“Bluetooth audio device set-up” fordetails.)


3. The name of the first device among theprogrammed devices is displayed.

4. Rotate the audio control dial and selectthe name of the programmed deviceyou would like to delete.

Device name 1

Device name 2

Device name 3

Device name 4

Device name 5

Device name 6

Device name 7

NOTEOnly the names of programmed devices can bedisplayed. If only one device is programmed,only the name for this device is displayed.

5. If a selection other than “GO BACK”is made and the audio control dial ispressed, “SURE ? NO” is displayed.

6. Rotate the audio control dial clockwiseand switch the display to“SURE ? YES”.

NOTEThe display changes as follows depending onwhether the audio control dial is rotatedclockwise or counterclockwise.-Clockwise: “SURE ? YES” displayed-Counterclockwise: “SURE ? NO” displayed

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio

6-69


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (288,1)

7. Press the audio control dial to deletethe selected device.

NOTESelect “GO BACK” and press the audiocontrol dial to return to the “PAIR DELETE”display.

8. “PAIR DELETED” is displayed for 3seconds after the deletion is completed,and then it returns to the normaldisplay.

NOTEIf an error occurs while trying to delete theprogrammed device, “Err” flashes in thedisplay for 3 seconds and the display returnsto “LINK DELETE”.

Bluetooth audio device informationdisplay

1. Using the audio control dial, select thepair device information display mode“DEVICE INFO” in the “BT SETUP”mode. (Refer to“Bluetooth audio device set-up” fordetails.)


3. The name of the Bluetooth unit deviceis displayed.

4. Rotate the audio control dial to selectthe information for the Bluetooth unitwhich you would like to view.

Device name

BT address

NOTEWhen “GO BACK” is selected, the displayreturns to “DEVICE INFO”.

5. When the audio control dial is pressedthe information is displayed.

qHow to use the Bluetooth Audiosystem

Switching to Bluetooth audio mode

To listen to music or voice audio recordedto a Bluetooth audio device, switch to theBluetooth audio mode to operate theaudio device using the audio systemcontrol panel.Any Bluetooth audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetoothunit before it can be used. (Refer to“Bluetooth audio device programming”)

1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

6-70

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (289,1)

2. Turn on the Bluetooth audio device'spower.Make sure that the “ ” symbol isdisplayed in the information display.The symbol is not displayed if anunprogrammed Bluetooth audio deviceis being used or the vehicle's Bluetoothunit has a malfunction.

NOTESome Bluetooth audio devices need a certainamount of time before the “ ” symbol isdisplayed.

3. Press the AUX button to switch theBluetooth audio mode to “BTAudio”.

4. The audio recorded to the Bluetoothaudio device begins playback.

NOTEl If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin

playback, press the Play/Pause button( ).

l If the mode is switched from Bluetoothaudio mode to another mode (radio mode),audio playback from the Bluetooth audiodevice stops.

l If a call is received on a hands-free mobilephone during playback from the Bluetoothaudio device, the playback is stopped.Playback from the Bluetooth audio deviceresumes after the call ends.

Playback

1. To listen to a Bluetooth audio deviceover the vehicle's speaker system,switch the mode to Bluetooth audiomode. (Refer to“Switching to Bluetooth audio mode”)

2. To stop playback, press the Play/Pausebutton ( ).

3. Press the button again to resumeplayback.

Selecting a file (track)

Short-press the track down button ( ) orturn the file dial counterclockwise: Selectsthe beginning of the current file (track).Short-press the track up button ( ) orturn the file dial clockwise: Selects thenext file (track).

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio

6-71


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (290,1)

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí

qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?

Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth equippeddevice (Mobile phone) to the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls are possible using the talkbutton, pick-up button and hang-up buttonlocated on the steering wheel, and sayingthe voice commands.

WARNINGPerform phonebook registration relatedoperations while the vehicle is parked:

Performing phonebook registrationwhile driving the vehicle could be adistraction to your driving and resultin an accident. In addition, a mistakein performing the phonebookoperation could result in the loss ofimportant data.

Bluetooth equipped device (Mobilephone)

A Bluetooth equipped device (Mobilephone) communicates with the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth).For example, if the device (Mobile phone)is placed in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout taking out and handling thedevice (Mobile phone).

CAUTIONThe types of devices (Mobile phone)which can be connected to thehands-free unit are limited, so beforepurchasing or changing your device(Mobile phone) model, consultMazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service or visitwww.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for acomplete list of compatible phones.Devices (Mobile phone) which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant with Bluetoothspecifications and the appropriateprofile, however, even among theseBluetooth devices (Mobile phone) aresome which will not connect withyour Mazda or will have limitedfunction. Therefore, consult MazdaBluetooth Hands-Free CustomerService for information regardingdevice (Mobile phone) compatibility:Phone: 800-430-0153Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Applicable Bluetooth specificationVer. 2.0 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver. 1.1

l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)Ver. 1.0

l A2DP (Advanced Audio DistributionProfile) Ver. 1.0

l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote ControlProfile) Ver. 1.0

6-72

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Bluetooth Hands-Free


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (291,1)

l OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1

Bluetooth is the registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG. Inc.

NOTEl If the ignition is turned off (LOCK) during

a hands-free call, the line is transferred tothe device (Mobile phone) automatically.

l If the device (Mobile phone) is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the device (Mobile phone).

qComponent Parts

Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of thefollowing items:l Talk buttonl Pick-up buttonl Hang-up buttonl Information displayl Microphonel Audio unit

Talk button, Pick-Up button and Hang-Up button

Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Freecan be used for such things as makingcalls or hanging up using the talk button,pick-up button and hang-up button on thesteering wheel.

Talk buttonPick-up button

Talk button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

Talk button operations

A short press or a long press of the talkbutton is used to operate the system asfollows:l Short press (Press the button less than0.7 sec.)

l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. ormore.)

Interior Comfort


6-73


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (292,1)

Information display

When available, the information displayshows telephone numbers, BluetoothHands-Free messages, and operationstatus.

Microphone

The microphone is used for speakingvoice commands or exchangingconversation.

Microphone

Audio unit

The audio unit is used for adjusting thevolume.

qVoice

To prevent the deterioration in voicerecognition rate and voice quality, thefollowing points must be observed:l It is not necessary to face themicrophone or approach it. Speak thevoice commands while maintaining asafe driving position.

l Close the windows and/or themoonroof to reduce loud noises fromoutside the vehicle, or turn down theairflow of the climate control systemwhile Bluetooth Hands-Free is beingused. Voice recognition may notfunction correctly or voice quality maydeteriorate under the followingconditions.l A passenger is speaking.l Driving with the window and/or the

moonroof open.l Driving on bumpy roads.l Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.

(Construction sites, inside tunnels,excess oncoming traffic, or heavyrain.)

l Operation noise from turn signals,wipers, or the horn is heard.

l A/C airflow is strong or wind isblowing on the microphone.

l There is noise coming from cargoloaded in the vehicle.

l Voice commands may not berecognized depending on the voice. Ifthe voice commands are not recognizedcorrectly, repeat the commands in alouder voice, at a natural pace, as ifspeaking to another person.

l Dialects or different wording other thanhands-free prompts cannot berecognized by voice recognition. Speakin the wording specified by the voicecommands.

6-74

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (293,1)

Please be aware that the voice recognitionmay error despite following the abovepoints.

qFunction Restrictions WhileUsing Bluetooth Hands-Free

Some functions are limited whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used. Theyinclude:l Beep sound and voice guidance relatedto the audio unit are not heard.

l Beep sound related to the A/Coperation is not heard.

qHow to Use This Section

Descriptions in the text are as follows:Say: Voice commands to be spoken byyou.Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.

NOTESay voice commands after the beep sound[Beep] is heard.

Example)Say: [Beep] “Dial”Prompt: “Number, please”Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

Bluetooth Hands-Free ActivationMethod

Press the pick-up button or talk buttonwith a short press.The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to “BasicBluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

Tutorial

The tutorial explains how to useBluetooth Hands-Free.To activate the tutorial, do the following:

1. Press the pick-up button or talk buttonwith a short press.

2. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

Cancel

The Bluetooth Hands-Free systemtransitions to idling status if the followingoperation is performed while the system isactivating.Press the hang-up button, or the talkbutton with a long press.

Interior Comfort


6-75


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (294,1)

Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth Hands-Free Preparation

Language setting

The available languages are English,Spanish, and Canadian French. If thelanguage setting is changed, all of thevoice guidance and voice inputcommands are done in the selectedlanguage.

NOTEl If the language setting is changed, device

registration is maintained.Phonebook records are not cleared, buteach language has a separate phonebook.Therefore, entries created in one languagewill need to be re-entered in the phonebookof the new language.

l Do these steps before you start driving.These less used functions are toodistracting to undertake while driving untilyou are fully familiar with the system.

Method 1


2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,language, passcode, select phone orselect music player.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Language”

5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,French, or Spanish.”

6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak thedesired language: “English”, “French”or “Spanish”)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected. Is this correct?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected, returning to main menu”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desiredlanguage: “English”, “French”, or“Spanish”.) (Change the desiredlanguage by saying the languagename.)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

3. Prompt: “Would you like to changethe language to French (Desiredlanguage) ?”


5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phonebook. French selected,returning to main menu” (Spoken inthe newly selected language).

Device programming (Pairing)

To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the deviceequipped with Bluetooth has to beprogrammed to the hands-free unit usingthe following procedure.

6-76

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (295,1)

A maximum of seven devices includinghands-free mobile phones and Bluetoothaudio devices can be programmed to onevehicle.

NOTEl A device can be programmed only when the

vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts tomove, the pairing procedure will end.Programming is dangerous while driving -pair up your device before you startdriving. Park the car in a safe place beforeprogramming.

l If a Bluetooth device has already beenprogrammed to the vehicle as a Bluetoothaudio device, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,it does not need to be programmed again asa Bluetooth audio device if it has alreadybeen programmed as a hands-free mobilephone.

l Since the communication range of aBluetooth equipped device is about 10meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it maybe detected/programmed unintentionallywhile another device is being programmed.

1. Activate the Bluetooth application ofthe device.

NOTEFor the operation of the device, refer to itsinstruction manual.




5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”

6. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pair, edit, delete, or list.”

7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”

8. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairingcode.”

9. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Speak anarbitrary 4-digit pairing code. This canbe any combination of 4 numbers.)

NOTEl Some devices accept only a particular

pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).If pairing cannot be completed, refer to theowner's manual of your mobile device, andtry those numbers if necessary.

l Record the code as it will be used toprogram your device in Step 16.

10. Prompt: “Pairing code XXXX (4-digit number). Is this correct?”

11. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”

12. If “Yes”, go to Step 13.If “No”, the procedure returns to Step8.

13. Prompt: “Start pairing procedure onthe device. See the device manual forinstructions.”

14. Using the device, perform a searchfor the Bluetooth device (Peripheraldevice).

NOTEFor the operation of the device, refer to itsinstruction manual.

15. Select “Mazda” from the device listsearched by the device.

16. Input the 4-digit pairing code set inStep 9 to the device.

17. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice after the beep.”

Interior Comfort


6-77


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (296,1)

18. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a“device tag”, an arbitrary name forthe device.)Example: “Stan's device.”

NOTESpeak a programmed “device tag” within 10seconds.If more than two devices are to beprogrammed, they cannot be programmed withthe same or similar “device tag”.

19. Prompt: “Adding XXXXXX - - -(Ex. “Stan's device”) (Device tag). Isthis correct?”


21. Prompt: “Pairing complete”

After a device is registered, the systemautomatically identifies the device. Byactivating Bluetooth Hands-Free again, orby activating Bluetooth Hands-Free firstafter switching the ignition from off(LOCK) to ACC, the system reads out avoice guidance, “XXXXXX - - - (Ex.“Stan's device”) (Device tag) isconnected”.

NOTEl Device registration can also be done by

operating the audio unit. Refer to“Bluetooth Audio Preparation” (page6-64).

l Depending on the device, the registrationstatus may be lost after a certain period oftime. If this occurs, repeat the entireprocess from Step 1.

qMaking a Call Using a TelephoneNumber

NOTEPractice this while parked until you areconfident you can do it while driving in a non-taxing road situation. If you are not completelycomfortable, make all calls from a safeparking position, and move out only when fullyunder control and you can devote your eyesand mind to driving.


2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number, please”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)is this correct?”

6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

7. When “Yes” is spoken, the procedureproceeds to Step 8.When “No” is spoken, the procedurereturns to Step 3.

8. Prompt: “Dialing”

NOTEThe “Dial” command and a telephone numbercan be combined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

6-78

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (297,1)

qReceiving an Incoming Call

1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press thepickup button to answer”.

2. To accept the call, press the pick-upbutton.To reject the call, press the hang-upbutton.

qHanging Up a Call

Press the hang-up button during the call.A beep sound will confirm that call isended.

qVolume Adjustment

The power/volume dial of the audio unitis used to adjust the volume. Turn the dialto the right to increase volume, to the leftto decrease it.

NOTEl The volume can also be adjusted using the

volume button on the steering wheel.l The music volume of the audio unit cannot

be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands-Free isbeing used.

qVoice Guidance Interrupt Operation

Voice guidance can be stopped bypressing the talk button with a short presswhile it is being heard. A new voice inputcommand can then be spoken by the user.· Press the talk button with a short press.

qHelp Function Use

The help function informs the user of allthe available voice commands under thecurrent conditions.

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

2. Say: [Beep] “Help”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

Interior Comfort


6-79


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (298,1)

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhonebook Usage

Phonebook registration

Phone numbers can be registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebook.

NOTEDo this function only when parked. It is toodistracting to attempt while driving and youmay make too many errors to be effective.


2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:New entry, edit, list names, delete,erase all or import contact.”

4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”

5. Prompt: “Name please.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Registered voicetag). Is this correct?”


9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orOther?”

10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for thedesired location to be registered.)

11. Prompt: “Mobile” (Location to beregistered). Is this correct?


13. Prompt: “Number, please.”

14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”)” (Say the phonenumber to be registered.)

15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Phone numberregistration). Is this correct? ”


17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to add another number for thisentry?”


19. If “Yes”, an additional phone numberregistration can be made for the sameentry.If “No”, the procedure proceeds toStep 20.

20. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”

Import contact

Phonebook data from your device (Mobilephone) can be sent and registered to yourBluetooth Hands-Free phonebook usingBluetooth.




4. Say: [Beep] “Import contact”

5. Prompt: “Ready to receive a contactfrom the phone.”

6. Device (Mobile phone) operation:Select one entry from the phonebookand send it using Bluetooth.

6-80

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (299,1)

7. Prompt: “X (Number of locationswhich include data) numbers have beenimported. What name would you liketo use for these numbers?”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

9. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Voice tag). Is thiscorrect?”


11. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to import another contact?”

12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”

13. If “Yes”, the procedure proceeds toStep 5.If “No”, the procedure proceeds toStep 14.


Making calls using the phonebook

Telephone calls can be made by sayingthe name of a person (voice tag) whosephone number has been registered inBluetooth Hands-Free in advance.For the phonebook setting method, referto (page 6-83).


2. Say: [Beep] “Call”


4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phonebook.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphonebook).



NOTEThe “Call” command and the voice tag can becombined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qRedialing Function

Redialing the number of the personpreviously dialed using the phone ispossible.


2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


qEmergency Calls

A call can be made to the emergencyphone number (911) using the voice inputcommand.


2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”

3. Prompt: “Dialing“911”, is thiscorrect?”



Interior Comfort


6-81


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (300,1)

qRefusing an Incoming Call

For incoming call refusal, refer to“Receiving an incoming call” (page 6-79).

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”

3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”

Canceling mute


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”

3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”

qTransferring a Call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa device (Mobile phone)

Communication between the hands-freeunit and a device (Mobile phone) iscanceled, and the line can be switched to astandard call using a device (Mobilephone).


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”

Transferring a call from a device(Mobile phone) to Hands-Free

Communication between devices (Mobilephone) can be switched to BluetoothHands-Free.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to HandsFree system”

qMulti-Call Functions

Call waiting

A call can be interrupted to receive anincoming call from a third party.

Call interrupt

A call can be switched to a new incomingcall.

Method 1

1. Press the pick-up button.

2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “Swap call”

3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

NOTEl To refuse an incoming call, press the hang-

up button.l After receiving a new incoming call, the

previous call is placed on hold.

Switching calls

Switching back to the previous call canalso be done.

Method 1

1. Press the pick-up button.

2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “Swap call”

3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

6-82

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (301,1)

Three-way call function


2. Say: [Beep] “Join call”

3. Prompt: “Joining calls”

Making a call using a telephonenumber


2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number please”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)is this correct?”


7. When “Yes” is spoken, the procedureproceeds to Step 8.When “No” is spoken, the procedurereturns to Step 3.


Making calls using the phonebook


2. Say: [Beep] “Call”


4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phonebook.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphonebook).



Redialing function


2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


Ending the current call

Press the hang-up button during the call.

qPhonebook Settings

Editing phonebook

The data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook can be edited.





4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to edit or say,“List names”.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say the voice tag for theregistered name to be edited in thephonebook.)

7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orOther?”

Interior Comfort


6-83


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (302,1)

8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say theregistered location to be edited:“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or“Other”).

9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX(Ex. “home”) (Registered location). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “The current number isXXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)(Currently registered number). Newnumber, please.”

NOTEIf there was no previous phone numberregistered to a location (Ex. “Work”), theprompt will only read out “Number, please”.

12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-5678”)” (Say the newphone number to be registered.)

13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-5678”) (The new phone numberto be registered). Is this correct?”


15. Prompt: “Number changed, returningto main menu.”

Phonebook data deletion

Erasing individual phonebook data

Individual data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook can be cleared.





4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to delete or say,“List names”.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say the registered voice tagto be deleted from the phonebook.)

7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)Home (Registered location). Is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) Home(Registered location) deleted, returningto main menu.”

Complete deletion of the phonebookdata

All data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook can be erased.





4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”

6-84

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (303,1)

5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want toerase everything from your Hands Freesystem phonebook?”


7. Prompt: “You are about to deleteeverything from your Hands Freesystem phonebook. Do you want tocontinue?”


9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing theHands Free system phonebook.”

10. Prompt: “Hands-Free systemphonebook erased, returning to mainmenu.”

Read-out of names registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebook

Bluetooth Hands-Free can read out the listof names registered to its phonebook.




4. Say: [Beep] “List names”

5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary'sphone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidancereads out the voice tags registered tothe phonebook.)

Press the talk button with a short pressduring the read-out at the desired name,and then say one of the following voicecommands to execute it.l “Continue”: Continues the list read-out.

l “Call”: Calls the registered phonebookdata when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonebookdata when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registeredphonebook data when the talk button isshort-pressed.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousphonebook data in read-out when thetalk button is short-pressed.

6. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

7. Say: [Beep] “No”


qDTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signal) Transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the user's voice. The receiverof a DTMF transmission is generally ahome telephone answering machine or acompany's automated guidance call center(When you send tone signals backaccording to the voice guidancerecording).


2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (SayDTMF code)

3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMFcode)”

Interior Comfort


6-85


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (304,1)

Hands-Free Setting

qDevice

Device registration

For the registration of a Bluetoothequipped device to Bluetooth Hands-Free,refer to “Bluetooth Hands-Freepreparation” (page 6-76).

Registered device read-out

Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out thedevices registered to its system.







6. Say: [Beep] “List”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. Device A, device B,device C)” (The voice guidance readsout the device tags registered to thehands-free system.)

Press the talk button with a short pressduring the read-out at the desired device,and then say one of the following voicecommands to execute it.l “Select phone”: Selects device (Mobilephone) when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Select music player”: Selects device(Music player) when the talk button isshort-pressed.

l “Edit”: Edits device when the talkbutton is short-pressed.

l “Continue”: Continues the list read-out.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered devicewhen the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousdevice in read-out when the talk buttonis short-pressed.

8. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

9. Say: [Beep] “No”


Device selection

If several devices have been programmed,the Bluetooth unit links the device lastprogrammed. If you would like to link adifferent programmed device, it isnecessary to change the link. The order ofdevice priority after the link has beenchanged is maintained even when theignition is switched off (LOCK).

Hands-free phone



6-86

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (305,1)


4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”

5. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.device B...)”

6. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number forthe mobile phone to be connected.)

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)(Registered device tag) selected, is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)(Device tag) will temporarily overridephone priorities, returning to mainmenu.”

Music player




4. Say: [Beep] “Select music player”

5. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.device B...)”

6. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number forthe music player to be connected.)

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)(Registered device tag) selected, is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)(Device tag) selected.”

NOTEDevice (Music player) selection can also bedone by operating the panel button (page6-64).

Registered device (Mobile phone)deletion

Registered devices (Mobile phone) can bedeleted individually or collectively.







NOTEA registered device (Mobile phone) can bedeleted using the registration list.

6. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

7. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.device B...)” (The device tag of theregistered device is read out by theHFP.).

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be deleted.)

Interior Comfort


6-87


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (306,1)

NOTESay “All” to delete all devices (Mobile phone).

9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.device B...) (Registered device tag). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “Deleted”

Registered device editing






6. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

7. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.device B...), which device please?”(The device tag of the registered deviceis read out by the HFP.)

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be edited.)

9. Prompt: “New name please?”

10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. deviceC)” (Speak a “device tag”, anarbitrary name for the device.)

11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)(Device tag), is this correct?”


13. Prompt: “New name saved, returningto main menu.”

qSecurity Setting

If a passcode is set, the system cannot beactivated unless the passcode is input.


Passcode setting



3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,language, passcode, select phone orselect music player.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Wouldyou like to enable it?”


7. Prompt:“Please say a 4-digit passcode.Remember this passcode. It will berequired to use this system.”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)

9. Prompt:“Passcode XXXX (Passcode,PCode). Is this correct?”


11. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled,returning to main menu.”

Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with apasscode


6-88

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (307,1)

2. Prompt:“Hands-Free system is locked.State the passcode to continue.”

3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the setpasscode “PCode”.)

4. If the correct passcode is input, voiceguidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sdevice) (Device tag) is connected” isannounced.If the passcode is incorrect, voiceguidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,Pcode) incorrect passcode, please tryagain” is announced.

Canceling the passcode





4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled. Wouldyou like to disable it?”


7. Prompt:“Passcode is disabled,returning to main menu.”

Confirmation Prompts

The confirmation prompt confirms thecommand content to the user beforeadvancing to the operation requested bythe user. When this function is turned on,the system reads out the voice inputcommand previously received andconfirms whether the command is correctbefore advancing to the commandexecution.When the confirmation prompt function isturned on:(Ex. “Calling John's device. Is thiscorrect?”)When the confirmation prompt function isturned off:(Ex. “Calling John's device.”)

NOTEIf the confirmation prompt function is turnedoff when making an emergency call, the systemreads out and confirms the command beforeexecuting it.



3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,language, passcode, select phone orselect music player.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”

5. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areon/off. Would you like to turnconfirmation prompts off/on?”


7. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areoff/on, returning to main menu.”

Interior Comfort


6-89


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (308,1)

qVoice Recognition LearningFunction (Speaker Enrollment)

The voice recognition learning functionenables voice recognition appropriate tothe characteristics of the user's voice.If the recognition of the voice inputcommands to the system is not adequate,this function can largely improve thesystem's voice recognition of the user. Ifyour voice can be recognized sufficientlywithout using this function, you may notrealize the added benefit of the function.To register your voice, the voice inputcommand list must be read out. Read outthe list when the vehicle is parked.Perform the registration in as quiet a placeas possible (page 6-74).The registration must be performedcompletely. The required time is a fewminutes. The user needs to be seated inthe driver's seat with the voice inputcommand list for voice recognitionlearning open to the page indicated below.

When voice recognition learning isdone for the first time


2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

3. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the talkbutton when you are ready to begin.Press the hangup button to cancel atany time.”


5. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu.”

NOTEIf an error occurred in the voice recognitionlearning, re-learning can be done by pressingthe talk button with a short press.

Voice recognition re-learning

If voice recognition learning has alreadybeen done.



3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/disable. Would you like to disable/enable or retrain?”

4. Say: [Beep] “Retrain”

5. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the talkbutton when you are ready to begin.Press the hangup button to cancel atany time.”


6-90

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (309,1)

7. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

8. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

9. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu.”

NOTEIf an error occurred in the voice recognitionlearning, re-learning can be done by pressingthe talk button with a short press.

Voice input command list for voicerecognition learning

When reading out, the following pointsmust be observed:l Read out the numbers one at a timecorrectly and naturally.

(For example, “1234” must be read out“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirtyfour”.)l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” andhyphens “-” are used for separatingnumbers in a phone number.

Ex.“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight,eight, eight, five, five, five, one, two, one,two.”

Phrase Command

1 0123456789

2 (888) 555-1212

3 Call

4 Dial

5 Setup

6 Cancel

7 Continue

8 Help

NOTEl The applicable phrase appears in the

display.l After user voice registration is completed,

voice guidance “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu” isannounced.

Voice recognition learning on/off



3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/disable. Would you like to disable/enable or retrain?”

4. Say: [Beep] “Disable” or “Enable”

5. When “Disable” is spoken, the voicerecognition learning is turned off.When “Enable” is spoken, the voicerecognition learning is turned on.

6. Prompt: “Speaker Enrollment isdisabled/enabled, returning to mainmenu.”

Interior Comfort


6-91


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (310,1)

When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot be Used

Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The device is outside of thecommunication area.

l The device has a malfunction.l The device is not connected to thehands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The device's battery is weak.l The device is turned off.l The device is placed where radioreception is difficult.

l When the ignition is turned off(LOCK).

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC07 IC:279B-MBLUEC07This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressively approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

6-92

Interior Comfort



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (311,1)

Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service

For toll-free Bluetooth Hands-Freecustomer service call 800-430-0153 or goto www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth forassistance.

Interior Comfort


6-93


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (312,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.If your vehicle is equipped with a vanitymirror light, it will illuminate when youopen the cover.

Interior Lights

qIlluminated Entry System

When the illuminated entry systemoperates, the overhead light (switch is inthe DOOR position) turns on for:l About 30 seconds after the driver'sdoor is unlocked and the ignition key isremoved (without advanced key) or theignition is switched off (with advancedkey).

l About 15 seconds after all doors areclosed.(With Advanced key)About 5 seconds after all doors areclosed when the advanced key isoutside of the vehicle.

l About 15 seconds after the ignition isswitched off (LOCK) and the ignitionkey removed (without advanced key)with all doors closed.

The light also turns off when:l The ignition is switched on and alldoors are closed.

l The driver's door is locked.

NOTEl Battery saver

If any door is left opened, the light turns offafter about 30 minutes to save the battery.The light turns on again when the ignitionis switched on, or when any door is openedafter all doors have been closed.

l The operation of the illuminated entrysystem can be changed.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-9.

6-94

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (313,1)

qOverhead Lights

Front

Rear

SwitchPosition

Overhead Lights

Light off

l Light is on when any door is openl Light is on or off when the

illuminated entry system is on

Light on

qMap Lights

The map lights are switched on or off bypressing the switches.

qLuggage Compartment Light (5Door)

SwitchPosition

Luggage Compartment Light

Light off

Light on when the liftgate is open

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-95


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (314,1)

Information Display

Clock Audio display

Audio display

Ambient temperature display Climate control display

Climate control display

Hands-free display

Without multi information display

With multi information display

Clock adjustment buttons

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions:l Clockí

l Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)í

l Climate Control Displayl Audio Displayl Bluetooth Hands-Free Displayí Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Free on page 6-72.

6-96

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (315,1)

qClockí

The time is displayed when the ignition isswitched to ACC or ON.

Time setting

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

2. Adjust the time using the time settingbuttons ( , ).The hours advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.The minutes advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.

Time resetting

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

2. Press the :00 button.

3. When the button is pressed, the timewill be reset as follows:

(Example)12:01―12:29→12:0012:30―12:59→1:00

NOTEWhen the :00 button is pressed, the secondswill start at “00”.

qOutside Temperature Display(Fully Automatic Type)

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the ambient temperature isdisplayed.

NOTEUnder the following conditions, the ambienttemperature display may differ from the actualambient temperature depending on thesurroundings and vehicle conditions:l Significantly cold or hot temperatures.l Sudden changes in ambient temperature.l The vehicle is parked.l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

qClimate Control Display

The climate control system status isdisplayed. To operate the climate controlsystem, refer to “Climate Control System”(page 6-2).

qAudio Display

The audio system status is displayed. Tooperate the audio system, refer to“Audio System” (page 6-17).

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-97íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (316,1)

Multi Information Displayí

Steering switch

Without navigation system With navigation system

Clock adjustment buttons

Steering Switch

Left switchRight switch

Navi switch

BACK switch

INFO switch

Enter (up/down) switch

6-98

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (317,1)

Switch Function

Enter (up/down) switch Used to select a menu and change numbers. Select up or down and press enter.

Right switch/Leftswitch

Used to select digits when setting numbers.

Navi switch(With navigation sys-tem)

Press to switch the system to the navigation system screen.

BACK switch Press during SETTINGS to return to the previous screen.

INFO switch Press to switch to the multi information display.Switches the setting display in the order of Audio display> Settings(reset averages/maintenance/preferences)> Trip computer(average fuel economy/average vehicle speed)> Trip computer(current fuel economy/distance-to-empty). Each time the switch is pressed, the multiinformation display cycles through.

qMulti Information Display Functions

Function name Details See page

Clock Constant display of time. 6-100

Outside TemperatureDisplay

Constant display of ambient temperature. 6-100

Audio Display Displays the audio operation status. Displayed when the INFO switch ispressed.

6-100

Trip Computer Displays the average fuel economy, average vehicle speed, current fueleconomy, and distance-to-empty. Displayed when the INFO switch ispressed.

6-101

MaintenanceMonitor

Notification of periodic inspection and tire rotation period 6-102

Warning indicator Notification of the need to take caution 6-107

Settings Used to change the multi information display settings. Displayed when theINFO switch is pressed.

6-107

Navigation system Refer to the separate manual

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-99


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (318,1)

qClock

The time is displayed when the ignition isswitched to ACC or ON.

Time setting

Refer to Clock on page 6-97.

Time resetting

Refer to Clock on page 6-97.

With navigation system

Time zone switching

1. Press the INFO switch until theSETTINGS screen is displayed.

2. Select PREFERENCES by pressing theEnter (up/down) switch up or down,and then press the Enter (up/down)switch.

3. Select TIME ZONE by pressing theEnter (up/down) switch up or down,and then press the Enter (up/down)switch.

4. Select the desired time zone bypressing the Enter (up/down) switch upor down, and then press the Enter (up/down) switch.

NOTEl Daylight saving time is not reflected in the

time zone displayed.l The clock does not display if there is no

GPS signal reception.

qOutside Temperature Display

When the ignition switch is switched ON,the ambient temperature is displayed.

NOTEl Under the following conditions, the ambient

temperature display may differ from theactual ambient temperature depending onthe surroundings and vehicle conditions:l Significantly cold or hot temperatures.l Sudden changes in ambient temperature.l The vehicle is parked.l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

l When the ignition is switched to ACC,“- - -” is displayed.

qAudio Display

Press the INFO switch until the AUDIOscreen is displayed. The audio operationstatus is displayed.To operate the audio system, refer to“Audio System” (page 6-17).

6-100

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (319,1)

qTrip Computer

The trip computer can display thefollowing:l The average fuel economy.l The average vehicle speed.l The current fuel economy.l The approximate distance you cantravel on the available fuel.


2. Press the INFO switch until the tripcomputer screen is displayed.

If you have any problems with your tripcomputer, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Average fuel economy

This mode displays the average fueleconomy by calculating the fuelconsumption and the distance traveledsince connecting the battery or resettingthe data.Average fuel economy will be calculatedevery minute.

To erase the displayed data, Refer toSettings on page 6-107.After erasing, the calculated average fueleconomy in - - -L/100 km (- - -mpg) isdisplayed after 1 minute has elapsed.

Average vehicle speed

This mode displays the average vehiclespeed by calculating the distance and thetime traveled since connecting the batteryor resetting the data.The average vehicle speed will becalculated every 10 seconds.

To erase the displayed data, Refer toSettings on page 6-107.After erasing, the calculated averagevehicle speed in - - -km/h (- - -mph) isdisplayed after 1 minute has elapsed.

Current fuel economy

This mode displays the current fueleconomy by calculating the amount offuel consumption and the distancetraveled.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-101


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (320,1)

The current fuel economy will becalculated every 2 seconds.

When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3mph), - - -L/100 km (- - -mpg) will bedisplayed.

Distance-to-empty

This mode displays the approximatedistance you can travel on the remainingfuel based on the fuel economy.The distance-to-empty will be calculatedevery second.

NOTEl Even though the distance-to-empty display

may indicate a sufficient amount ofremaining driving distance before refuelingis required, refuel as soon as possible if thefuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuelwarning light illuminates.

l The display will not change unless you addmore than approximately 5 L {6 US qt, 5lmp qt} of fuel.

l When the ignition is switched to ACC,“- - -” is displayed.

qMaintenance Monitor

The periodic inspection and tire rotationperiod notification can be displayed byturning the Maintenance Monitor on.

NOTEThis function is inoperable while the vehicle isbeing driven.

Initial setting method


2. Select MAINTENANCE by pressingthe Enter (up/down) switch up ordown, and then press the Enter (up/down) switch.

6-102

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (321,1)

3. Select the item you want to turn on(TIRE ROTATION or SERVICE DUE)by pressing the Enter (up/down) switchup or down, and then press the Enter(up/down) switch.

4. Press the Enter (up/down) switch.

5. Select SET and press the Enter (up/down) switch.

NOTEl For the service due notification, either the

number of days or distance can be set.When selecting one of the two settings, thesetting not selected is set to the initial valueautomatically.

l Because tire rotation can only be setaccording to distance, the screen for settingdistance is displayed when SET is selected.

6. Select DISTANCE or DAYS and pressthe Enter (up/down) switch. The screenfor setting the distance or days to thenext maintenance period is displayed.

7. Select a digit using the Right switch/Left switch, and press the Enter (up/down) switch up or down to change thevalue of the digit. If there is no need tochange a digit, leave it as it is and pressthe Enter (up/down) switch.

NOTEThe initial setting values are displayedcorresponding to the maintenance schedule(except Puerto Rico). For each regionalmaintenance schedule, Refer to ScheduledMaintenance on page 8-3.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-103


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (322,1)

Message display

When the remaining days or the distanceapproaches 0, a message is displayed for 5seconds each time the ignition is switchedto ACC or ON.

NOTEl If the Enter (up/down) switch is pressed

while a message is displayed, it will nolonger be displayed the next time the engineis started.

l After the vehicle is serviced and theremaining days/distance is reset, themessage for the next maintenance periodwill be displayed when the remainingdistance or days to the next maintenanceperiod approaches 0 (displays when engineis started).

l If there are multiple tire rotation periods orservice due, they are displayed according totheir order.

l If there is more than one servicing duedeadline with one past due and the otherapproaching, only the one which is past duewill be displayed.

6-104

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (323,1)

Display period

Item Start of message display End of message display

TIRE ROTATION When remaining distance is lessthan 500 km (300 mile)

Distance exceeds 500 km (300 mile) fromremaining distance of 0 km

SERVICE DUE When remaining distance is lessthan 500 km (300 mile), orremaining days are less than 15(which ever comes first)

Distance exceeds 500 km (300 mile) fromremaining distance of 0 km, or 15 days haveelapsed since remaining days reached “0” days(which ever comes first)

Message display

Item Timing Displayed message

TIRE ROTATION Remaining distance:500 km (300 mile) to -500 km (-300 mile)

TIRE ROTATION DUE

SERVICE DUE Remaining distance:500 km (300 mile) to 0 km (0 mile)

SERVICE DUE

Remaining days: 15 to 0 days

Remaining distance:0 km (0 mile) to -500 km (-300 mile)

SERVICE OVERDUE

Remaining days: 0 to 15 days

Reset method

If resetting is performed after a tirerotation or periodic inspection has beendone, a notification of the nextmaintenance period will be displayedwhen the period approaches.



3. Select the item you would like to reset(TIRE ROTATION or SERVICE DUE)by pressing the Enter (up/down) switchup or down, and then press the Enter(up/down) switch.

NOTEl The current remaining distance and days is

displayed.l Even if the remaining distance or days have

surpassed 0, the display does not display aminus (―) and leaves the value at 0.

4. Press the Enter (up/down) switch.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-105


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (324,1)

5. Select SET and press the Enter (up/down) switch.

NOTEIf the SERVICE DUE item has been set, boththe days and distance can be selected. Becausethe tire rotation item can only be set accordingto distance, the screen for setting distance isdisplayed when SET is selected.

6. The DISTANCE or DAYS screen isdisplayed, and the remaining distanceand days values return to the valuespreviously set. If no changes arenecessary, press the Enter (up/down)switch.

NOTEl If the settings are changed from the initial

values, the values which you set aredisplayed, not the initial values.

l Even if the battery is disconnected, theremaining distance and days information isnot erased.

l If the multi information display is replacedor repaired, there is the possibility of theremaining distance and days informationbeing erased.

Method for turning the system off

The maintenance monitor can be turnedoff even after it has been turned on. If youwant to turn it off, the remaining distanceand days calculation to the nextmaintenance period is stopped, and amessage does not display to indicate anapproaching maintenance period.



6-106

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (325,1)

3. Select the item you want to turn off(TIRE ROTATION or SERVICE DUE)by pressing the Enter (up/down) switchup or down, and then press the Enter(up/down) switch.

4. Select OFF and press the Enter (up/down) switch.

qWarning Indicator

The following warning indicators aredisplayed according to necessity. Warningindicators are displayed regardless of themulti-information display operation.l DOOR OPEN (including trunk and theliftgate)

l TIGHTEN FUEL CAP (Displayedwhen the check fuel cap warning lightilluminates in the instrument cluster.)

l CHECK TIRE PRESSURE

l RELEASE PARKING BRAKEl Advanced Keyless Entry Systemrelatedl KEY BATTERY IS LOWl ADVANCED KEY NOT FOUNDl MOVE SHIFT LEVER TO Pl STEERING WHEEL LOCK NOT

RELEASED TURN WHEEL LEFTAND RIGHT

l DEPRESS BRAKE PEDALTOSTART ENGINE

l DEPRESS CLUTCH PEDALTOSTART ENGINE

l USE AUXILIARY KEY

NOTEWhen more than two warnings occur at thesame time, indicators are switched at eachspecified time.

qSettings

The following settings can be changed:l Buzzer volume (Ignition key reminder,lights-on reminder)

l Turn indicator soundl Distance unitl Temperature unitl Display languageThe data for the trip computer averagefuel economy and the average vehiclespeed can also be changed.

To change settings


2. Select PREFERENCES by pressing theEnter (up/down) switch up or down,and then press the Enter (up/down)switch.

3. Select the setting item you want tochange by pressing the Enter (up/down) switch up or down, and thenpress the Enter (up/down) switch.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-107


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (326,1)

4. Select the desired setting by pressingthe Enter (up/down) switch up ordown, and then press the Enter (up/down) switch.

NOTEThe buzzer volume for both the ignition keyreminder and the lights-on reminder ischanged simultaneously. If you prefer separatebuzzer volume settings, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer. If separate buzzer volumesettings have been done at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, you will be unable to changethe settings.

Resetting the data for the trip computeraverage fuel economy and the averagevehicle speed


2. Select RESETAVERAGES and pressthe Enter (up/down) switch.

3. Select FUEL ECONOMYor SPEED,and press the Enter (up/down) switch.

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury inan accident or a sudden stop, keepthe cup holders closed when they arenot in use, or when using them forstorage.

qFront

To use, open the cover.

6-108

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (327,1)

qRear

The rear cup holder is on the rear centerarmrest.

Bottle HolderBottle holders are on the inside of thedoors.

Bottle holder

CAUTIONDo not use the bottle holders forcontainers without caps. Thecontents may spill when the door isopened or closed.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-109


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (328,1)

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:

Driving with the storage boxes openis dangerous. To reduce thepossibility of injury in an accident ora sudden stop, keep the storageboxes closed when driving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode orthe plastic material in eyeglassescould deform and crack from hightemperature.

qOverhead Console

This console box is designed to storeeyeglasses or other accessories.Push and release to open.

qGlove Compartment

To open the glove box, pull the latchtoward you.

qCenter Console

To open, pull the lower release handle.

6-110

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (329,1)

Storage trayí

The storage tray can be installed to theleft/right side of the center console.

Storage tray

Using the armrestí

CAUTIONWhen sliding the armrest, be carefulnot to hit a drink cup placed in a cupholder and spill its contents. Removecups or other drink containers fromthe cup holders before pulling out thearmrest.

Press the button to slide the armrestfrontward.

When storing the armrest, press and holdthe button while pulling the armrest back,and remove your hand once it is in itsstored position.

qCargo Securing Loops (5 Door)

WARNINGMake sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:


Use the loops in the luggage compartmentto secure cargo with a rope or net. Thetensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive forceto the loops as it will damage them.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-111íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (330,1)

qShopping Bag Hook

The shopping bag hook can be used forhanging shopping bags.

CAUTIONDo not hang excessive weight on theshopping bag hook as it could bedamaged.

Shopping bag hook (tensile strength: 3 kg (6.6 lb))

qRear Coat Hooks

WARNINGNever hang heavy or sharp objects onthe assist grips and coat hooks:

Hanging heavy or sharp-endedobjects such as a coat hanger fromthe assist grips or coat hooks isdangerous as they can fly off and hitan occupant in the cabin if a curtainair bag was to deploy, which couldresult in serious injury or death.

Always hang clothes on the coat hooksand the assist grips without hangers.

Coat hook

6-112

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (331,1)

Accessory SocketsOnly use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

Front

The ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.To use, press the cover and open it.

With Seat Warmer

Without Seat Warmer

Rear

The accessory sockets can be usedregardless of the position of the ignitionswitch.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-113


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (332,1)

CAUTIONTo prevent accessory socket damageor electrical failure, pay attention tothe following:Ø Do not use accessories that require

more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).Ø Do not use accessories that are not

genuine Mazda accessories or theequivalent.

Ø Close the cover when the accessorysocket is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the accessory socket.

Ø Correctly insert the plug into theaccessory socket.

Ø Do not insert the cigarette lighterinto the accessory socket.

Noise may occur on the audioplayback or TV reception dependingon the device connected to theaccessory socket.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the socket for long periods with the engineoff or idling.

Connecting the accessory socket

1. Open the lid.

2. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe cutout of the console and insert theplug into the accessory socket.

Plug

6-114

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (333,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-9

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-15Overheating ............................................................................. 7-15

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-17Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-17Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-18Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-21

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-22Towing Description ................................................................. 7-22Tiedown Hook ........................................................................ 7-23Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-25

7-1


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (334,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Hazard warning flasher

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (335,1)

Spare Tire and Tool StorageSpare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Spare tire

Jack

Jack handle

Tiedown eyelet

Lug wrench

4 Door

Bolt for flat tire


Flat Tire

7-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (336,1)

Spare tire

Jack

Jack handle

Lug wrench

Tiedown eyelet

Spare tire

Jack

Jack handle

Lug wrench

Tiedown eyelet

5 Door(Type A)

(Type B)

Bolt for flat tire

Bolt for flat tire

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (337,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

(4 Door)

1. Remove the cover.

2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwcounterclockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

(5 Door)

1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.

2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwcounterclockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack screw


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (338,1)

To secure the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack withthe jack screw pointing up and turn thewing bolt clockwise to temporarilytighten it.

2. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

3. Turn the wing bolt completely tosecure the jack.

NOTEIf the jack is not completely secured, it couldrattle while driving. Make sure the jack screwis sufficiently tightened.

qSpare Tire

Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.The temporary spare tire is lighter andsmaller than a conventional tire, and isdesigned only for emergency use andshould be used only for VERY shortperiods. Temporary spare tires shouldNEVER be used for long drives orextended periods.

WARNINGDo not install the temporary spare tireon the front wheels (driving wheels):

Driving with the temporary spare tireon one of the front driving wheels isdangerous. Handling will be affected.You could lose control of the vehicle,especially on ice or snow boundroads, and have an accident. Move aregular tire to the front wheel andinstall the temporary spare tire to therear.

CAUTIONØ When using the temporary spare

tire, driving stability may decreasecompared to when using only theconventional tire. Drive carefully.

Ø To avoid damage to the temporaryspare tire or to the vehicle, observethe following precautions:Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50

mph).Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through anautomatic car wash. This tire'sdiameter is smaller than aconventional tire, so the groundclearance is reduced about10 mm (0.4 in).

Ø Do not use a tire chain on thistire because it won't fitproperly.

Ø Do not use your temporaryspare tire on any other vehicle,it has been designed only foryour Mazda.

Ø Use only one temporary sparetire on your vehicle at the sametime.

7-6


Flat Tire


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (339,1)

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-30).

To remove the spare tire

(4 Door)

1. Remove the trunk mat.

2. Turn the tire hold-down boltcounterclockwise.

(5 Door)

1. Remove the trunk mat.

2. For vehicles equipped with a sub-woofer, uncouple the connector.

Connector

NOTEExtra strength may be required to uncouple theconnector. Be sure to squeeze the tab firmly.

3. For vehicles equipped with a sub-woofer, loosen the hold-down bolt andremove the woofer and spare tire.


Flat Tire

7-7


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (340,1)

For vehicles not equipped with a sub-woofer, loosen the hold-down bolt andremove the spare tire.

To secure the spare tire

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.Secure the spare tire using the hold-downbolt and tire clamp in the correct positionas illustrated.

NOTE(5 Door)When storing a conventional tire in a vehicleequipped with a sub-woofer, you cannotconnect the connector on the trunk board.

(Without sub-woofer)

Tire clamp Tire hold-down bolt

(With sub-woofer)

Tire hold-down boltSub-woofer

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (341,1)

Changing a Flat TireNOTEIf the following occurs while driving, it couldindicate a flat tire.l Steering becomes difficult.l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.l The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to alevel spot that is well off the road and outof the way of traffic to change the tire.Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of abusy road is dangerous.

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire, and never get under avehicle that is supported only by a jack:

Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injuresomeone.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

NOTEl Make sure the jack is well lubricated before

using it.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor

ID signal code whenever tires or wheels arechanged (page 5-32).

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in Park (P), a manualtransaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turnoff the engine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire(page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire. When blocking a wheel,place a tire block both in front andbehind the tire.

NOTEWhen blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocksof sufficient size if possible to hold the tire inplace.


Flat Tire

7-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (342,1)

qRemoving a Flat Tire

1. If your vehicle is equipped with awheel cover, pry off the wheel coverwith the beveled end of the lug wrench.

NOTEForce the end of the lug wrench firmly betweenwheel and cover, or removal will be difficult.

CAUTIONThere is a valve-stem mark inside thewheel cover. When installing thewheel cover, align this mark with thetire's valve stem.Damage could occur duringinstallation if the wheel cover is notproperly aligned.

2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, butdon't remove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

3. Place the jack under the jackingposition closest to the tire beingchanged.

Jacking position

7-10


Flat Tire


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (343,1)

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:

Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

4. Insert the jack handle into the jack.

5. Turn the jack handle clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe spare tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

6. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise; then remove thewheel.


Flat Tire

7-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (344,1)

qLocking Lug Nutsí

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench and is stored with thespare tire. Register them with the lockmanufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove box and mailing itin the accompanying envelope. If you losethis key, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer or use the lock manufacturer'sorder form, which is with the registrationcard.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Spare Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the spare tire.

7-12


íSome models.

Flat Tire


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (345,1)

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nutscould loosen while driving and causethe tire to come off, resulting in anaccident. In addition, lug nuts andbolts could be damaged if tightenedmore than necessary.

4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

If you're unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 88―118 (9―12, 65―87)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage thestud, which could cause the wheel toslip off and cause an accident.

5. Store the damaged tire, using the tirehold-down bolt to hold it in place.

(Without sub-woofer)

Tire clamp

Bolt for flat tire


Flat Tire

7-13


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (346,1)

(With sub-woofer)

Sub-woofer

Bolt for flat tire

6. Remove the tire blocks and store thetools, jack, and damaged tire.

7. Check the inflation pressure. Refer tothe specification charts on page 10-8.

8. Have the flat tire repaired or replacedas soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.When you check the regular tires' airpressure, check the spare tire, too.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-30).

NOTETo prevent the jack and tool from rattling, storethem properly.

7-14


Flat Tire


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (347,1)

OverheatingIf the High engine coolant temperaturewarning light illuminates, the vehicleloses power, or you hear a loud knockingor pinging noise, the engine is probablytoo hot.

WARNING

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

If the High engine coolant temperaturewarning light illuminates:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in park (P), a manualtransaxle in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Don't go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, theengine temperature will increase.Stop the engine and call anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.


Overheating

7-15


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (348,1)

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-20).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have thecooling system inspected. The enginecould be seriously damaged unlessrepairs are made. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

7-16


Overheating


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (349,1)

Starting a Flooded EngineIf the engine fails to start, it may beflooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

(Without Advanced Keyless Entry &Push Button Start System)

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, turn the key tothe LOCK position, wait ten secondsand try again.

2. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold it there―for up toten seconds. If the engine starts, releasethe key and accelerator immediatelybecause the engine will suddenly revup.

4. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator―forup to ten seconds.

(With Advanced Keyless Entry & PushButton Start System)

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, wait tenseconds and try again.

2. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

3. Depress the clutch pedal (MT) or thebrake pedal (AT) then press the pushbutton start. If the engine starts, releasethe key and accelerator immediatelybecause the engine will suddenly revup.

4. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator.

If the engine still does not start using theabove procedure, have your vehicleinspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer.


Emergency Starting

7-17


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (350,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near abattery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )terminal of the battery.

7-18


Emergency Starting


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (351,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Booster battery

Discharged battery

Jumper cables


Emergency Starting

7-19


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (352,1)

1. Remove the battery cover from its frontside.

Battery cover

2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

3. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

6. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

NOTEVerify that the covers are securely installed.

7-20


Emergency Starting


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (353,1)

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:

Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that hasa manual transaxle. It can damagethe emission control system.

NOTEYou can't start a vehicle with an automatictransaxle by pushing it.


Emergency Starting

7-21


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (354,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (front wheels) off theground. If excessive damage or otherconditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

When towing with the rear wheels on theground, release the parking brake.

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedbackward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-typeequipment. This could damage yourvehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbedequipment.

7-22


Emergency Towing


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (355,1)

CAUTIONDo not use the hooks under the rearbumper for towing and tying down,as they cannot hold the load and itwill damage the bumper.

Hooks

Tiedown Hook

CAUTIONDon't use the tiedown hook underthe rear for towing.It is designed ONLY for tying downthe vehicle when it's beingtransported. Using it for towing willdamage the bumper.

qTiedown Hook-Front

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lugwrench from the trunk (page 7-3).

2. Wrap the lug wrench with a soft clothto prevent damage to the bumper andopen the cap located on the frontbumper.

Type A


Emergency Towing

7-23


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (356,1)

Type B

CAUTIONThe cap cannot be completelyremoved. Do not use excessive forceas it may damage the cap or scratchthe painted bumper surface.

3. Securely install the tiedown eyeletusing the lug wrench.

Lug wrench

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedowneyelet.

CAUTIONØ If the tiedown eyelet is not securely

tightened, it may loosen ordisengage from the bumper whentying down the vehicle. Make surethat the tiedown eyelet is securelytightened to the bumper.

Ø Front tiedown hook is designedonly for towing, and lashing atoversea transportation. Do not usefront tiedown hook for other use(truck/railway transportation etc).

7-24


Emergency Towing


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (357,1)

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transaxle is not designed for towingthis vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-22) and“Tiedown Hook” (page 7-23) andcarefully follow the instructions.


Emergency Towing

7-25


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (358,1)

7-26


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (359,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8

Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-15Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-15Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-16Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-17Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-18Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-20Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-22Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-23Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF)í ........................................ 8-23Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-25Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-26Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-26Battery ..................................................................................... 8-30Tires ........................................................................................ 8-33Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-37Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-48

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-54How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-54Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-56Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-59

8-1íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (360,1)

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance.But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.For vehicles equipped with the multi information display, selecting “Maintenance Monitor”enables the system to notify you of your vehicle's approaching inspection/servicing period(page 6-102).

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (361,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (362,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearanceAudibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Drive belts I

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

8-4




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (363,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

Cabin air filter R R

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.



8-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (364,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearanceAudibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Drive belts I

Engine oilPuerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM


Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filterPuerto Rico R R

Others R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (365,1)



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60


Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.



8-7


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (366,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2.

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.

8-8




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (367,1)

qSchedule 1


Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust

Drive belts I I I

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R


COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I I


Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every60,000 km or 3 years

Others R R R

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R R R R R R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I*2 I

Fuel filter R R R

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I



8-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (368,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120


Cabin air filter R R R

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-10




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (369,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE


Drive belts I



COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I



Others R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2

Fuel filter R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I

Brake fluid R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I



8-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (370,1)



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60



Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceC: CleanL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:



8-12




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (371,1)

(Cont.)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

ENGINE


Drive belts I I



COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I



Others R R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I

Fuel filter R R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I



8-13


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (372,1)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120



Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceC: CleanL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:



8-14




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (373,1)

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-22)l Engine coolant level (page 8-20)l Engine oil level (page 8-19)l Washer fluid level (page 8-25)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-33)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-23)l Power steering fluid level (page 8-23)You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.l Engine coolant (page 8-20)l Engine oil (page 8-18)


Owner Maintenance

8-15


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (374,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. Youcan be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting towork near the cooling fan:

Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan couldcontinue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the enginecompartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

Do not leave items in the engine compartment:After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, donot forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or afire leading to an unexpected accident.

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (375,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Power steering fluid reservoir

Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Engine coolant reservoir Fuse block

Engine oil-filler cap

Engine oil dipstick

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Battery

Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick (Only for automatic transaxle)


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (376,1)

Engine OilNOTEChanging the engine oil should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available in your market. Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.

Mexico

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (377,1)

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

Full

OK

Low

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.It's OK between Low or MIN and Fullor MAX.But if it's near or below Low or MIN,add enough oil to bring the level toFull or MAX.

CAUTIONDon't add engine oil over Full orMAX. This may cause enginedamage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

The distance between Low or MIN andFull or MAX on the dipstick representsthe following:

Oil capacity

L (US qt, Imp qt) 0.75 (0.79, 0.66)


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (378,1)

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:

A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can becomevery hot. You could be burned.Carefully inspect the engine coolantin the coolant reservoir, but do notopen it.

Switch the ignition to off andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

NOTEChanging the coolant should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the MAX and MINmarks on the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.

If it's at or near MIN, add enough coolantto the coolant reservoir to providefreezing and corrosion protection and tobring the level to MAX.

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (379,1)

CAUTIONØ Radiator coolant will damage

paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

Ø Use only soft (demineralized)water in the coolant mixture.Water that contains minerals willcut down on the coolant'seffectiveness.

Ø Don't add only water. Always adda proper coolant mixture.

Ø The engine has aluminum partsand must be protected by anethylene-glycol-based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

Ø DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This coulddamage the cooling system.

Ø Don't use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.

NOTEIf the “FL22” mark is shown on or near thecooling system cap, use FL22 type enginecoolant. If engine coolant other than FL22type is used, the engine coolant must bereplaced earlier than the specified replacementinterval indicated in the scheduledmaintenance (page 8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (380,1)

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes withwater and get medical attention.Brake fluid spilled on a hot enginecould cause a fire.

If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes and clutch inspected:

Low brake/clutch fluid levels aredangerous. Low levels could signalbrake lining wear or a brake systemleak. Your brakes could fail andcause an accident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONØ Brake and clutch fluid will

damage painted surfaces. If brakeor clutch fluid does get on apainted surface, wash it off withwater immediately.

Ø Using nonspecified brake andclutch fluids (page 10-4) willdamage the systems. Mixingdifferent fluids will also damagethem.If the brake/clutch systemfrequently requires new fluid,consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (381,1)

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the powersteering pump, don't operate thevehicle for long periods when thepower steering fluid level is low.

NOTEUse specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold. Add fluid if necessary; it doesnot require periodic changing.

The level must be kept between MIN andMAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Automatic Transaxle Fluid(ATF)í

qInspecting Automatic TransaxleFluid Level

The automatic transaxle fluid level shouldbe inspected regularly. Measure it asdescribed below.

CAUTIONØ Always check the automatic

transaxle fluid level according tothe following procedure. If theprocedure is not done correctly,the automatic transaxle fluid levelcannot be measured accuratelywhich could lead to automatictransaxle damage.

Ø A low fluid level can causetransaxle slippage. Overfilling cancause foaming, loss of fluid, andtransaxle malfunction.

Ø Use only the specified fluid. A non-specified fluid could result intransaxle malfunction and failure.

1. Park on a level surface and set theparking brake firmly.

2. Make sure there is no ATF leakagefrom the ATF hose or the housing.

3. Shift the shift lever to the park position(P), start the engine and warm it up.

CAUTIONDo not shift the shift lever while theengine is warming up. If the ATF levelis extremely low, the automatictransaxle could be damaged.


Owner Maintenance

8-23íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (382,1)

4. While the engine is still idling, pull outthe dipstick and wipe it clean, and thenput it back.

5. Check the ATF level. If there is no ATFadhering 5 mm from the end of thedipstick, add ATF.

CAUTIONIf there is no ATF adhering to thedipstick even after the engine hasbeen warmed up, do not drive thevehicle. Otherwise, the automatictransaxle could be damaged.

6. Shift the shift lever to each range andposition, and make sure there is noabnormality.

7. Drive the vehicle on city roads for5 km (3.1 mile) or more.

8. Park on a level surface and set theparking brake firmly.

9. Shift the shift lever to the park position(P), check the ATF level while theengine is idling, and make sure that theATF level is within the proper level. Ifthe ATF level is not within the properlevel, add ATF. The proper fluid levelis marked on the dipstick as follows.

Full

OK

Low

CAUTIONØ Use the cold scale only as a

reference.Ø If outside temperature is lower

than about 20°C (70°F), start theengine and inspect the fluid levelafter the engine reaches operatingtemperature.

Ø If the vehicle has been driven foran extended period at high speedsor in city traffic in hot weather,inspect the level only afterstopping the engine and allowingthe fluid to cool for 30 minutes.

Fully insert the dipstick. When addingfluid, inspect with the dipstick to makesure it does not pass full.

NOTEInspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick ina well lit area for an accurate reading.

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (383,1)

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freezeProtection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerousas it could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTEState or local regulations may restrict the useof volatile organic compounds (VOCs), whichare commonly used as anti-freeze agents inwasher fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOCcontent should be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for all regions andclimates in which the vehicle will be operated.

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

To inspect the washer fluid level in thefront reservoir, pull off the cap. Then,holding your thumb over the hole in thecenter of the cap, lift it straight up. Thefluid level can be seen from the fluidcolumn in the pipe. Add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable. But use only washer fluid incold weather to prevent it from freezing.

NOTEFront and rear washer fluid is supplied fromthe same reservoir.


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (384,1)

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONØ Hot waxes applied by automatic

car washers have been known toaffect the wiper's ability to cleanwindows.

Ø To prevent damage to the wiperblades, don't use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, thewipers may move automatically inthe following cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain


sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. Whenwashing or servicing your Mazda,make sure the wiper lever is in theOFF position.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (385,1)

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the bladeassembly to expose the plastic lockingclip.Compress the clip and slide theassembly downward; then lift it off thearm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshieldlet the wiper arm down easily, don'tlet it slap down on the windshield.

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pulluntil the tabs are free of the metalsupport.

Metal support

Tab

3. Remove the metal stiffener from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (386,1)

CAUTIONØ Don't bend or discard the stiffener.

You need to use them again.Ø If the metal stiffeners are

switched, the blade's wipingefficiency could be reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffener on the passenger's side,or vice versa.

Ø Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffener in the new blade rubberso that the curve is the same as itwas in the old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

NOTEInstall the blade so that the tabs are toward thebottom of the wiper arm.

qReplacing Rear Wiper Blade (5Door)

When the wiper no longer cleans well, theblade is probably worn or cracked.Replace it.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Remove the cover and raise the wiperarm.

2. Firmly rotate the wiper blade to theright until it unlocks, then remove theblade.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the rearwindow let the wiper arm downeasily, don't let it slap down on therear window.

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (387,1)

3. Pull down the blade rubber and slide itout of the blade holder.

4. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONDon't bend or discard the stiffeners.You need to use them again.

5. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (388,1)

Battery

WARNINGWash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery whenworking near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehiclebody:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (389,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (390,1)

NOTERemove the battery cover before performingbattery maintenance.

Battery cover

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:l Keep it securely mounted.l Keep the top clean and dry.l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables.

qInspecting Electrolyte Level

A low level of electrolyte fluid will causethe battery to discharge quickly.

Upper level

Lower level

Inspect the electrolyte level at least once aweek. If it's low, remove the caps and addenough distilled water to bring the levelbetween the upper and lower level(illustration).

Don't overfill.Examine the specific gravity of theelectrolyte with a hydrometer, especiallyduring cold weather. If it's low, rechargethe battery.

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (391,1)

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.Except for the limited use of thetemporary spare tire, use only thesame type tires (radial, bias-belted,bias-type) on all four wheels.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-8)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:

Overinflation or underinflation oftires is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tire failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to specification charts on page10-8.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

does not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly(including the spare) when the tires arecold. Maintain recommended pressuresfor the best ride, handling, and minimumtire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-8).


Owner Maintenance

8-33íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (392,1)

NOTEl Always check tire pressure when tires are

cold.l Warm tires normally exceed recommended

pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reduced fueleconomy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,and poor sealing of the tire bead, whichwill deform the wheel and cause separationof tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,uneven and accelerated tire wear, and agreater possibility of damage from roadhazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needs inflating,have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires ifirregular wear develops. According to thescheduled maintenance charts.Refer toScheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressure

l Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-8) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front torear, not from side to side. Tireperformance will be reduced ifrotated from side to side.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (393,1)

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in

the sidewalls are used, the system may notfunction correctly even with a genuinewheel.Refer to System Error Activation on page5-32.

l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band isacross the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.

qTemporary Spare Tire

Inspect the temporary spare tire at leastmonthly to make sure it's properly inflatedand stored.

NOTEThe temporary spare tire condition graduallydeteriorates even if it has not been used.

The temporary spare tire is easier tohandle because of its construction whichis lighter and smaller than a conventionaltire. This tire should be used only for anemergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary spare tire only until theconventional tire is repaired, which shouldbe as soon as possible.

Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).

CAUTIONØ Do not use your temporary spare

tire rim with a snow tire or aconventional tire. Neither willproperly fit and could damageboth tire and rim.

Ø The temporary spare tire has atread life of less than 5,000 km(3,000 miles). The tread life maybe shorter depending on drivingconditions.

Ø The temporary spare tire is forlimited use, however, if the treadwear solid-band indicatorappears, replace the tire with thesame type of temporary spare(page 8-34).


Owner Maintenance

8-35


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (394,1)

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:

Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONØ A wrong-sized wheel may

adversely affect:Ø Tire fitØ Wheel and bearing lifeØ Ground clearanceØ Snow-chain clearanceØ Speedometer calibrationØ Headlight aimØ Bumper heightØ Tire Pressure Monitoring

SystemØ (With Tire Pressure Monitoring

System)Ø When replacing/repairing the

tires or wheels or both, have thework done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may bedamaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designedfor installation of the tirepressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwiseit may not be possible to installthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTEBe sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer toTires and Wheels on page 5-32.

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (395,1)

Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Overhead light (Rear) Overhead light (Rear)

Front turn signal lights/Front side-marker lights/ Parking lights

Xenon fusion bulb/Adaptable Front Lighting System

Fog lightsParking lights/ Daytime running lights

Adaptable Front Lighting System (AFS)

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Front turn signal lights /Front side-marker lights /Parking lightsHead lights (Low beam)

Head lights (High beam)/ Daytime running lights

Head lights (Low/High beam) Fog lights

Side turn signal light (LED type)

Trunk light

Brake lights/TaillightsBrake lights/TaillightsRear turn signal lights

Rear turn signal lightsRear side marker lights Rear side marker lights

Except Canada Canada

Some models.

Reverse lights Reverse lights

License plate lights License plate lightsHigh-mount brake light

Halogen bulb

21

2

2

1

2

High-mount brake light

Side turn signal lights (Bulb type)

Side turn signal lights (LED type)

Luggage compartment light

4 Door 5 Door


Owner Maintenance

8-37


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (396,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare hands andalways wear eye protection whenhandling or working around the bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuriescould be caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode whenlit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:

Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulbor breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

NOTEl To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.l If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,

it should be cleaned with rubbing alcoholbefore being used.

l Use the protective cover and carton for thereplacement bulb to dispose of the old bulbpromptly and out of the reach of children.

Xenon fusion bulb/Adaptive frontlighting system

Replacing the headlight bulbs

(Low/High beam bulbs)You cannot replace the low/high beambulbs by yourself. The bulbs must bereplaced at an expert repairer, werecommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Parking lights (Except Canada)

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and the headlight switch is off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.

3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof the removal procedure.

Daytime running lights (Canada)



8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (397,1)

3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.


Front turn signal lights/Front side-marker lights

1. Make sure the ignition switch is turnedoff and the headlight switch is off.

2. If you are changing the right bulb, startthe engine, turn the steering wheel allthe way to the left, and turn off engine.If you are changing the left bulb, turnthe steering wheel to the right.

3. Turn the center section of the plasticretainer counterclockwise and removethe retainers and partially peel back themudguard.

Installation

Removal

4. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.



Halogen bulb

High-beam bulbs/Daytime runninglights (Canada)



Owner Maintenance

8-39


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (398,1)




Low-beam bulbs





Parking lights/Front turn signal lights/Front side-marker lights

1. Make sure the ignition switch is turnedoff and the headlight switch is off.

2. If you are changing the right bulb, startthe engine, turn the steering wheel allthe way to the left, and turn off engine.If you are changing the left bulb, turnthe steering wheel to the right.

8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (399,1)

3. Turn the center section of the plasticretainer counterclockwise and removethe retainers and partially peel back themudguard.

Installation

Removal




Replacing a Fog Light Bulbsí


2. Turn the screw counterclockwise andremove it and then partially peel backthe mudguard.


4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight back out of thesocket.

5. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.


Owner Maintenance

8-41íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (400,1)

Side-turn signal lights

With LED bulb

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTELED bulb replacement is not possible. Therear combination component must be replaced.

With Non-LED bulb

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and the turn signal switch is off.

2. Slide the unit as shown in the figure toremove it.

3. Detach the electrical connector fromthe unit by pulling it to the rear.

4. Install the new side turn signal unit inthe reverse order of removal.

Brake lights/Taillights (Rear sidemarker lights)

With LED bulb

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTELED bulb replacement is not possible. Therear combination component must be replaced.

With Non-LED bulb

(4 Door)

1. Pull the center of each plastic retainerand remove the retainers and the trunkend trim.

Removal

Installation




(5 Door)


8-42


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (401,1)


Left side

Right side




Rear turn signal lights

(4 Door)



Removal

Installation




(5 Door)



Owner Maintenance

8-43


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (402,1)


Left side

Right side




Reverse lights

(4 Door)



Installation

Removal




(5 Door)


8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (403,1)





High-mount brake light

(4 Door)



Installation

Removal




(5 Door)


2. Remove the liftgate upper trim.

3. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the socket.



Owner Maintenance

8-45


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (404,1)



License plate lights


2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the lens,and then remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with aflathead screwdriver.

3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

Edge


qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map light (Front),Overhead light (Rear), Vanity mirrorlights

1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens, and then remove the lens bycarefully prying on the edge of the lenswith the flathead screwdriver.


Overhead light/Map light (Front)

Overhead light (Rear)

Edge

8-46


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (405,1)

Vanity mirror lights


Trunk light (4 Door)

1. Press both sides of the lens cap toremove it.



Luggage compartment light (5 Door)

1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens and remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with theflathead screwdriver.




Owner Maintenance

8-47


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (406,1)

FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the vehicle's leftside

If the electrical system does not work,first inspect the fuses on the vehicle's leftside.

1. Turn off the ignition switch and otherswitches.

2. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the inside of theengine compartment fuse block cover.

3. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

4. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

8-48


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (407,1)

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Turn off the ignition switch and allother switches.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse isa high current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.


Owner Maintenance

8-49


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (408,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

32 33 34 35

36 37 38 39

541 2 3 6 7 8

1312 14 15 16

22

11109

212019 23 24 25

29 30 31

2728

26

17 18

DESCRIPTIONFUSE

RATINGPROTECTED COMPONENT

1 FAN 2 ― ―

2 ENG MAIN 40 A Engine control system

3 BTN 1 50 A For protection of various circuits

4 A/C MAG 7.5 A Air conditioner

5 H/L HI 20 A Headlight high beam

6 FOG 15 A Fog lightsí

7 H/LWASH ― ―

8 SUNROOF 15 A Moonroofí

9 F.DEF RH ― ―

10 F.DEF LH ― ―

11 FAN 1 40 A Cooling fan

12 ROOM 15 A Interior lights

13 TCM 15 A TCMí

14 DSC 20 A Dynamic Stability Control systemí

15 BTN 2 7.5 A For protection of various circuits

16 AT PUMP ― ―

17 HEATER 40 A Heater

8-50


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (409,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


18 INJ ― ―

19 R.DEF 30 A Rear window defroster

20 IGKEY 2 40 A For protection of various circuits

21 IGKEY 1 40 A For protection of various circuits

22 HORN 15 A Horn

23 STOP 15 A Brake lights

24 ENG+B 10A Engine control system

25 FUEL PUMP 25 A Fuel system

26 ABS 40 A ABS

27 SEAT WARM 20 A Seat warmerí

28 EHPAS 80 A Electro-Hydraulic Power Assist Steering

29 ― ― ―

30 ABS IG 7.5 A ABS

31 ― ― ―

32 H/L LO RH 15 A Headlight low beam (RH)

33 H/L LO LH 15 A Headlight low beam (LH)

34 ILLUM 7.5 A Dashboard illumination

35 TAIL 15 A Tail lamp

36 ENG INJ 15 A Engine control system

37 ENG BAR 15 A PCM

38 ENG BAR 2 20 A PCM

39 ETV 15 A Electric throttle valve


Owner Maintenance

8-51íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (410,1)

Fuse block (Passenger's side)

1 4 7 10 13 16 19

5 8 11 14 17 20

6 9 12 15 18 21

28 3022 24 26

29 3123 25 27

32 33 34

2

3

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 BOSE 30 A Bose® Sound System-equipped modelí

2 P SEAT 30 A Power seatí

3 P.WIND 30 A Power window

4 D LOCK 25 A Door lock motor

5 ― ― ―

6 ― ― ―

7 ESCL 15 A Electronic steering lockí

8 SAS 15 A Air bag

9 ― ― ―

10 HAZARD 15 A Hazard warning flashers

11 METER 15 A For protection of various circuits

12 OUTLET 15 A Accessory sockets

13 RWIPER 15 A Rear wiperí

14 CIGAR 15 A Lighter

15 ― ― ―

16 HEATER 10 A Blower motor

17 MIRROR 10 A Power control mirror

18 ST SIG 10 A Starter sig

19 ― ― ―

8-52


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (411,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


20 AUDIO 7.5 A Audio system

21 M.DEF 7.5 A Mirror defrosterí

22 AFS 7.5 A Adaptive Front-Lighting Systemí

23 ― ― ―

24 ENG 20 A Engine control system

25 ― ― ―

26 ― ― ―

27 ― ― ―

28 ― ― ―

29 ― ― ―

30 P.WIND 25 A Power window

31 ― ― ―

32 F WIPER 25 A Windshield wiper and washer

33 ― ― ―

34 ― ― ―


Owner Maintenance

8-53íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (412,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-54


Appearance Care


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (413,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTEl The paint chipping zone varies with the

speed of the vehicle. For example, whentraveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paintchipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance of paintchipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rust forming onyour Mazda. Before this happens, repair thedamage by using Mazda touch-up paintaccording to the instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected area couldlead to serious rusting and expensiverepairs.


Appearance Care

8-55


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (414,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

CAUTIONWhen the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the wipers maymove automatically in the followingcases:Ø If the windshield above the rain


sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with a

hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with a

hand or other object from insidethe vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. When washingor servicing your Mazda, make surethe wiper lever is in the OFF position.

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTEl Mazda is not responsible for scratches

caused by automatic car washes orimproper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable on vehicleswith darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Don't use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may damagethe protective coating; also, cleanersand detergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

8-56


Appearance Care


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (415,1)

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soapto dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas even if the rest of thevehicle doesn't need it.

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced,make sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to all parts,both repaired and new. This willprevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.


Appearance Care

8-57


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (416,1)

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


qAluminumWheel Maintenanceí

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

NOTEl Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive

cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent onaluminum wheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Only use a mild soap or neutral detergentand always use a sponge or soft cloth toclean the wheels.Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or coldwater. Also, be sure to clean the wheelsafter driving on dusty or salted roads. Thishelps prevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automaticcar wash that uses high-speed or hardbrushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, waxthe wheels.

(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)Check special requirements for Tire PressureMonitoring System.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.

8-58


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (417,1)

Interior Care

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.If these solutions get on the dashboard,wipe them off immediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.

Leatherí

Real leather is not uniform and may havescars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean itwith a leather cleaner or mild soap.

Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dryand buff it with a dry soft cloth.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

Multi information display edge panelí,Panel beside the multi informationdisplayí

Multi information display edge panel andpanel beside the multi information displayare fitted with panels that have beentreated with a special coating that resistsscratching.When the panel needs to be cleaned, use asoft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.

NOTEScratches or nicks on the panels resulting fromthe use of a hard brush or cloth may not berepairable.

Front passenger's side instrument paneltop (soft pad)

l Extremely soft material is used for thesoft pad surface. When cleaning, it isrecommended that you use a cleantowel dampened in a mild detergent toremove soiling.

l If the soft pad surface is rubbedharshly, it could result in the surfacebeing damaged leaving white scratchmarks.


Appearance Care

8-59íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (418,1)

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:

Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONDon't scrape or scratch the inside ofthe rear window. You may damagethe rear window defroster grid.

8-60


Appearance Care


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (419,1)

9 Customer Information

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-7Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ... 9-10Customer Assistance (Mexico) ......... 9-11

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-13Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-13Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-13

Warranty ................................................ 9-15Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-15Outside the United States .................. 9-16Outside Canada ................................. 9-17Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-18Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-19

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-20Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-20

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-21

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-21

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-23Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-23Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-29Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-32Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-35Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-41

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-42Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-42Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-43

Service Publications .............................. 9-44Service Publications .......................... 9-44

9-1


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (420,1)

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North AmericanOperations by one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of thepage at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

9-2

Customer Information

Customer Assistance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (421,1)

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)

Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may notbe possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, MazdaNorth American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement programadministered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.

BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach amutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able tofacilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.

You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To theextent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort toBBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “LemonLaw”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss WarrantyAct or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTOLINE.


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (422,1)

The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not bindingon you or Mazda else you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTOLINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBBwebsite at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.

Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hopeto satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazdabelieves in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensureMazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!

qCalifornia Customers

1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration CertificationProgram of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.

2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you tobring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBBAUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months afterthe expiration of the warranty.

3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for thecall.

4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name andaddress, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and astatement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, theapproximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to theattention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.

5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. Ifmediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claimswithin the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informalhearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from thetime your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contactMazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests aninspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report byBBB AUTO LINE.

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (423,1)

6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights orremedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required touse BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I ofthe Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seekredress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE isnot required by those statutes.

7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative isunable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable expresswarranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace orrepurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumptionthat Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to itsapplicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the followingoccurs:l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty thatsubstantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition thatis likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND thenonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agentsAND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or itsagents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or itsagents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of thevehicle to the buyer.

NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THEFOLLOWING ADDRESS:Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618ATTN: Customer Mediation

8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursementfor money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehiclenonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation fordamages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.

9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multipledamages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in CaliforniaCivil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (424,1)

10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject thedecision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision andany findings will be admissible in a court action.

11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and willcomply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after wereceive notice of your acceptance of the decision.

12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (425,1)

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-9).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (426,1)

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wishto use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (427,1)

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP Number

British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED

MAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (428,1)

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)

9-10


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (429,1)

Customer Assistance (Mexico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexicoby one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inMexico, can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734


Customer Assistance

9-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (430,1)

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number2. Year and model of vehicle3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on

the upper driver's side corner of the dash)4. Purchase date and current mileage5. Your dealer's name and location6. Your question(s)

9-12


Customer Assistance


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (431,1)

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO

Mazda Motor de MexicoCircuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.01210, Mexico, D.F.TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524


Mazda Importer/Distributors

9-13


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (432,1)

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, AmericanSamoa 96799TEL: (684) 699-9347

9-14


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (433,1)

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warrantyl Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)l Safety Restraint System Limited Warrantyl Anti-perforation Limited Warrantyl Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)l Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)l Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warrantyl Tire Warranty

NOTEDetailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (434,1)

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-16


Warranty


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (435,1)

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-17


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (436,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specificemission and safety standards.Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In additionto registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in anothercountry.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-18


Warranty


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (437,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances ofinjuries in an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such asmobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.


Warranty

9-19


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (438,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your State or Province:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a seriousaccident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safearea before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cellphone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,concentrate on the full-time job of driving.

9-20


Cell Phones


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (439,1)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-21


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (440,1)

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:

Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-22


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (441,1)

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Rim diameter code

7. Load index & speed symbol

8. Severe snow conditions

9. Tire ply composition and materials used

10. Max. load rating


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

9-23


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (442,1)

11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

12. Max. permissible inflation pressure

13. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTEIf your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-24




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (443,1)

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-25


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (444,1)

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-26




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (445,1)

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index&speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-27


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (446,1)

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

M 81 mph

9-28




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (447,1)

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-8.

NOTETire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended coldtire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-29


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (448,1)

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTESome spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

NOTEWarm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust thepressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-30




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (449,1)

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-31


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (450,1)

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe brakingAfter rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-8) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

9-32




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (451,1)

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread patternor studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will beweakened if rotated from side to side.

(With limited-slip differential)Don't use the following:Ø Tires not of the designated sizeØ Tires of different sizes or types at the same timeØ Tires not sufficiently inflatedIf these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will bedifferent and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replacethe tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent highloading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when youreplace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.



9-33


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (452,1)

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.l Observe posted speed limitsl Avoid fast starts, stops and turnsl Avoid potholes and objects on the roadl Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect yourtire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tireis under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it withyour spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearestvehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-34




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (453,1)

Vehicle Loading

WARNINGDo not tow a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, to keep your loadedvehicle weight within its design rating capability. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle,familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings,from the vehicle's Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle'ssuspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases thedistance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can failcompletely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is acombination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflationpressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.



9-35


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (454,1)

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

9-36




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (455,1)

SAMPLE

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.



9-37


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (456,1)

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg(699 lbs)The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's doorframe or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-38




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (457,1)

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-39


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (458,1)

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW).

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can handle without riskingdamage. The GCW must never exceed the GCWR.

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

9-40




Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (459,1)

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be

riding in your vehicle.(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg

or XXX lbs.(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.



9-41


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (460,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

NOTEIf you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922orP.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-13) inthis booklet.

9-42


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (461,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm


Reporting Safety Defects

9-43


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (462,1)

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

9999-95-017B-10 2010 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-MX-017B-10 2010 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)

9999-95-019G-10 2010 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-MX-019G-10 2010 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)

9999-95-038C-10R (U.S.A. only) 2010 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-038C-10R (Canada only) 2010 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-038C-10R (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2010 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-95-064F-10 2010 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS

9999-95-038C-10NAV (U.S.A. only) 2010 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-038C-10NAV (Canada only) 2010 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-038C-10NAV (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2010 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:

Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.

9-44


Service Publications


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (463,1)

qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigationsystem. This is not a technician's manual.


Service Publications

9-45


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (464,1)

9-46


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (465,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

Personalization Features ............................................................ 10-9Personalization Features .......................................................... 10-9

10-1


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (466,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the cowl panel locatedon the left corner of the dashboard. Thisplate can easily be seen through thewindshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label

qTire Pressure Label

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (467,1)

qEngine Number

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (468,1)

Specifications

qEngine

ItemSpecification

2.0-liter engine 2.5-liter engine

Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder

Bore × Stroke 87.5 × 83.1 mm (3.44 × 3.27 in) 89.0 × 100 mm (3.50 × 3.94 in)

Displacement 1,999 ml (1,999 cc, 122.0 cu in) 2,488 ml (2,488 cc, 151.8 cu in)

Compression ratio 10.0 9.7

qElectrical System

Item Classification

Battery2.0-liter engine 12V-40AH/5HR, 12V-52AH/5HR

2.5-liter engine 12V-40AH/5HR, 12V-52AH/5HR, 12V-55AH/5HR

Spark-plug number LFG1 18 110*1, L3Y2 18 110

Spark-plug gap 1.25―1.35 mm (0.049―0.053 in)

*1 ex factory

NOTEWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating on the iridiumalloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-18.

Manual transaxle oil

Any temperatureAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Above 10 °C (50 °F)API Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 80W-90

Automatic transaxle fluid ATF M-V

Power steering fluid ATF M-III, M-V, or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (469,1)

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oil

2.0-literengine

With oil filterreplacement

4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)

2.5-literengine

With oil filterreplacement

5.0 L (5.3 US qt, 4.4 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

4.6 L (4.9 US qt, 4.0 Imp qt)

Coolant 7.5 L (7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt)

Manual transaxleoil

5-speed transaxle 2.77 L (2.93 US qt, 2.44 Imp qt)

6-speed transaxle 2.85 L (3.01 US qt, 2.51 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxle fluid 8.14 L (8.60 US qt, 7.16 Imp qt)

Fuel tank2.0-liter engine 55.0 L (14.5 US gal, 12.1 Imp gal)

2.5-liter engine 60.0 L (15.9 US gal, 13.2 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

4 Door

Item Vehicle specification

Overall lengthSTANDARD TYPE 4,590 mm (180.7 in)

SPORTY TYPE 4,595 mm (180.9 in)

Overall width 1,755 mm (69.1 in)

Overall height 1,470 mm (57.9 in)

Front tread16 inch 1,535 mm (60.4 in)

17 inch 1,530 mm (60.2 in)

Rear tread16 inch 1,520 mm (59.8 in)

17 inch 1,515 mm (59.6 in)

Wheelbase 2,640 mm (103.9 in)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (470,1)

5 Door

Item Vehicle specification

Overall lengthSTANDARD TYPE(Canada)

4,500 mm (177.2 in)

SPORTY TYPE 4,505 mm (177.4 in)

Overall width 1,755 mm (69.1 in)

Overall height 1,470 mm (57.9 in)

Front tread16 inch 1,535 mm (60.4 in)

17 inch 1,530 mm (60.2 in)

Rear tread16 inch 1,520 mm (59.8 in)

17 inch 1,515 mm (59.6 in)

Wheelbase 2,640 mm (103.9 in)

qWeights

4 Door

2.0-liter engine

ItemWeight

Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,768 kg (3,898 lbs) 1,800 kg (3,968 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 933 kg (2,057 lbs) 967 kg (2,132 lbs)

Rear 835 kg (1,841 lbs) 833 kg (1,836 lbs)

2.5-liter engine

ItemWeight



GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 971 kg (2,141 lbs) 1,002 kg (2,209 lbs)

Rear 845 kg (1,863 lbs) 849 kg (1,872 lbs)

5 Door

ItemWeight



GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 977 kg (2,154 lbs) 1,006 kg (2,218 lbs)

Rear 860 kg (1,896 lbs) 857 kg (1,889 lbs)

qAir Conditioner

Item Classification

Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)

10-6

Specifications


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (471,1)

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

HeadlightsHalogen

High beam 65 HB3 (#9005)

Low beam 55 H11 (H11)

Xenon fusion bulb High/Low beam 35 D2S (D2S)

Daytime running lights (Canada)í 35 H8 (H8)

Front turn signallights/Frontside-markerlights/Parkinglights

Halogen/Xenon fusion bulb(With daytime running lights)

27/8 ― (#7444NA)Xenon fusion bulb(Without daytimerunning lights)

Front turn signallights/Front side-markerlights

Parking lights 5 W5W (4CP)

Fog lightsí 51 HB4 (#9006)

Side turn signallights

Bulb type*1 5 WY5W (―)

LED type (Integrated with outside) LED*2 ― (―)

High-mount brakelight

4 Door 21 W21W (1120)

5 Door 18 W16W (#921)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (32CP)

Brakelights/Taillights

Bulb type 21/5 W21/5W (#7443)

LED type LED*2 ― (―)

Reverse lights 21 W21W (#7440)

License plate lights 5 W5W (―)

Rear side-marker lightsí LED*2― (―)

*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.*2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

Interior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R

Trunk light (4 Door) 3 ―

Luggage compartment light (5 Door) 5 ―

Overhead light/Map lights (Front) 8 ―

Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―

Vanity mirror lightsí 2 ―

Specifications

10-7íSome models.


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (472,1)

qTires

NOTEThe tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted toyour vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-33.

Standard tire

Tire sizeInflation pressure

Front Rear

P205/55R16 89H 240 kPa (35 psi) 240 kPa (35 psi)

P205/50R17 88V 220 kPa (32 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

Temporary spare tire

Tire size Inflation pressure

T115/70D15 90M 420 kPa (60 psi)

T125/70D16 96M 420 kPa (60 psi)

qFuses

Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-48.

10-8

Specifications


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (473,1)

Personalization FeaturesThe following Personalization Features are available. These settings can only be changed by an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Setting Available customization Initial Setting After Setting Change

Auto headlight on/offThe headlight illumination on/off timing basedon the surrounding lightness/darkness can bechanged.

2000―4000 lx 1000―2000 lx

Turn indicatorThe beep volume level can be changed. High Low

The beep volume level can be changed. High Low/Deactivated

Key reminderwarning alarm

The volume of the key reminder warning alarmcan be changed.

High Low

Lights-on reminderwarning alarm

The volume of the lights-on reminder warningalarm can be changed.

High Low/Deactivated

Illumination entry

The time required for the interior lamp to turnoff automatically after all doors are closed canbe changed.

15 seconds 7.5/30/60 seconds

The function allowing the interior lamp toilluminate automatically when the ignition isswitched off can be deactivated.

Activated Deactivated

The function allowing the interior lamp toilluminate automatically when the doors areunlocked can be deactivated.


The time required for the interior lamp to turnoff automatically can be changed(prevents battery depletion when a door isopen/ajar).

30 minutes 10 minutes

The time required for the interior lamp toilluminate after unlocking any door can bechanged.

30 seconds 7.5/15/60 seconds

The function allowing the interior lamp to turnoff automatically when any door is opened(or not securely closed) can be changed.


Smart turn

The function allowing the turn signal lights toflash three times with a momentary turn switchoperation (when changing lanes) can beactivated.

Deactivated Activated

Personalization Features

10-9


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (474,1)


Power door locks

The vehicle-speed-response auto lock functioncan be deactivated.


Locking/unlocking of the doors can be set inconjunction with the selector lever position.

Deactivated

1. Not in Park (P)position: Lock alldoorsPark (P) position:Unlock all doors2.Not in Park (P)position: Lock alldoorsPark (P) position:Unlock the driver'sdoor only3.Not in Park (P)position: Lock alldoorsPark (P) position:Inoperable

The function for unlocking the doorssimultaneously when the ignition is switchedoff can be changed.

Unlock all doorsUnlock driver'sdoor/Inoperable

Keyless entry

The method for unlocking doors using theretractable key can be selected.

Press×2 Press×1

The time required for the doors to relockautomatically after unlocking with thetransmitter can be changed.

30 seconds 60/90 seconds

The function allowing the horn to soundautomatically when the doors are locked bypressing the transmitter two times consecutivelycan be deactivated.


The hazard warning lights can be deactivated sothat they do not flash when the doors arelocked/unlocked.


10-10



Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (475,1)


Advanced keylessentry

The function to automatically lock doors whenleaving the vehicle while carrying the key canbe activated.

Deactivated Activated

The advanced key's remaining battery levelwarning light in the instrument cluster can bedeactivated.


The volume of the answer-back beep duringkeyless entry system operation can be adjusted.

High Low/Deactivated

The volume of the warning beep for theadvanced keyless entry system can be adjusted.

High Low

The function allowing the power supply to turnoff automatically after the ignition has been leftin the ACC position for a long period of timecan be deactivated.


A transition pattern in which the ignitionposition can be switched when pressing thepush button start can be selected.

ON→ Off ON→ ACC→ Off

The advanced key function can be deactivated. Activated Deactivated

The method for unlocking the doors using therequest switch can be selected.

Press×2 Press×1

Theft-deterrentsystem

The method for setting the theft-deterrentsystem can be changed.

Both the remotecontroller and thedoor key cylindercan be set or

cleared

Remote controller(set and cleared) Door

key cylinder(cleared only)

Multi informationdisplay

The display language can be selected.English, French,

or SpanishEnglish/German/French/Italian/

Spanish

The distance unit can be changed. mile km

The temperature unit can be changed. °F °C


10-11


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (476,1)

10-12


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (477,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (478,1)

A

Accessory Socket ............................ 6-113Adaptable Front Lighting System(AFS) ................................................ 5-59Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-19Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2

Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5Advanced key suspendfunction ...................................... 3-19Auxiliary key .............................. 3-19Locking, unlocking with requestswitch ........................................... 3-9Opening the liftgate/trunk lid ..... 3-11Operational range ......................... 3-7Remote control function ............. 3-16Service ......................................... 3-7Warning and beep sounds .......... 3-20When warning indicator/beep isactivated ..................................... 3-23

Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-44Antenna ............................................. 6-17Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7

Warning light ............................... 5-8Appearance Care ............................... 8-54Audio System ................................... 6-17

Audio control switch .................. 6-56Audio set .................................... 6-27AUX mode ................................. 6-59Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-18Safety certification ..................... 6-62

Automatic TransaxleDriving tips ................................ 5-18Fluid ........................................... 8-23Manual shift mode ..................... 5-15Shift-lock override ..................... 5-14Shift-lock system ....................... 5-14Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-13

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-17Maintenance ............................... 8-30Specifications ............................. 10-4

BeepsElectronic Steering Lock ............ 5-55Ignition key reminder ................. 5-55Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-55Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-55Tire inflation pressure warningbeep ............................................ 5-55

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Bluetooth Audio ............................... 6-63Bluetooth Hands-Free ....................... 6-72

Basic Bluetooth Hands-FreeOperation ................................... 6-76Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ........................................ 6-80Hands-Free Setting ..................... 6-86Mazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service ....................... 6-93Safety Certification .................... 6-92When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannotbe Used ...................................... 6-92

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-26Bottle Holder ................................... 6-109Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-22Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7Brakes assist ................................. 5-9Foot brake .................................... 5-5Parking brake ............................... 5-6Warning light ............................... 5-7

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-37

11-2

Index


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (479,1)

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Cargo Securing Loops ..................... 6-111Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ....................................... 9-20Center Console ................................ 6-110Child Restraint

Child restraint precautions ......... 2-28Installing child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-32LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-39

Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-34Climate Control System ...................... 6-2

Gas specifications ...................... 10-6Clock ................................................. 6-97Cruise Control ................................... 5-19Cup Holder ...................................... 6-108Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-37Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-60Defroster

Mirror ......................................... 5-67Rear window .............................. 5-66

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ....................................... 3-30Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-10Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-11

D

Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6Automatic transaxle ................... 5-18Break-in period ............................ 4-6Driving in flooded area .............. 4-10Driving on uneven road .............. 4-11Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8Winter driving .............................. 4-8

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-26DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-27DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-27TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-26

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-17Flooded engine ........................... 7-17Jump-starting .............................. 7-18Push-starting .............................. 7-21

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-22Emission Control System .................... 4-3Engine

Coolant ....................................... 8-20Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Hood release .............................. 3-46Oil .............................................. 8-18Overheating ................................ 7-15Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-17Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-15Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-56

Index

11-3


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (480,1)

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-68Headlights .................................. 5-56

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing ...................................... 7-9Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ................... 8-15

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-61Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5Front Seats(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-4Front Seats(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-44Gauge ......................................... 5-37Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-48Panel description ........................ 8-50Replacement ............................... 8-48

G

Gauges .............................................. 5-34Glove Box ....................................... 6-110

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-68Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7

H

HeadlightsControl ....................................... 5-56Flashing ...................................... 5-58High-low beam .......................... 5-58Leveling ..................................... 5-58On reminder ............................... 5-58

Hood Release .................................... 3-46Horn .................................................. 5-67

I

IgnitionKeys ........................................... 3-24Switch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-94Immobilizer System(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-49Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-52Indicator Lights ................................. 5-39

AFS OFF .................................... 5-52Cruise ......................................... 5-52DSC OFF .................................... 5-52Headlight high-beam .................. 5-51Power steering malfunction ........ 5-53Security ...................................... 5-50Shift position .............................. 5-51TCS/DSC ................................... 5-51Turn signal/hazard warning ........ 5-53

Information Display .......................... 6-96Audio display ............................. 6-97Climate control display .............. 6-97Clock .......................................... 6-97Information display functions .... 6-96Outside temperature display ....... 6-97

Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-39Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-34Interior Care ...................................... 8-59

11-4

Index


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (481,1)

I

Interior Lights ................................... 6-94

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-18

K

Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-25Keys .................................................. 3-24

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-60Liftgate .............................................. 3-34

Luggage compartment ............... 3-36Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-37Specifications ............................. 10-7

Lighting Control ............................... 5-56Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4Luggage Compartment Light ............ 6-95

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenanceprecautions ................................. 8-16Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-15Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transaxle Operation ............... 5-9Recommendations for shifting.... 5-10

Map Lights ........................................ 6-95Meters and Gauges ........................... 5-34Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-67

M

MirrorsOutside mirrors .......................... 3-58Rearview mirror ......................... 3-59

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6Moonroof .......................................... 3-47Multi Information Display ................ 6-98

Audio Display .......................... 6-100Clock ........................................ 6-100Maintenance Monitor ............... 6-102Multi Information DisplayFunctions .................................... 6-99Outside Temperature Display.... 6-100Settings ..................................... 6-107Trip Computer .......................... 6-101Warning Indicator ..................... 6-107

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-35Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-58Outside Temperature Display ............ 6-97Overhead Console ........................... 6-110Overhead Lights ................................ 6-95Overheating ....................................... 7-15Overloading ...................................... 4-10

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-54Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Personalization Features ................... 10-9Power Door Locks ............................ 3-32Power Steering .................................. 5-18

Fluid ........................................... 8-23Power steering malfunction indicatorlight ............................................ 5-18

Power Windows ................................ 3-41

Index

11-5


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (482,1)

P

Push-Starting ..................................... 7-21

R

Rear Coat Hooks ............................. 6-112Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-34Rear Seat ............................................. 2-9Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-66Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-66Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-66Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-59Recreational Towing ......................... 7-25Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-18Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-42Seat Belt System

3-point type ................................ 2-20Automatic locking ...................... 2-19Belt minder ................................. 2-26Emergency locking .................... 2-18Extender ..................................... 2-24Pregnant women ........................ 2-18Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-22Seat belt precautions .................. 2-16Warning light/beep ..................... 2-26

SeatsFront seat(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-4Front seat(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2Rear seat ....................................... 2-9Seat warmer ................................ 2-14

S

Security SystemImmobilizer system(with advanced key) ................... 3-49Immobilizer system(without advanced key) .............. 3-52Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-54

Service Publications .......................... 9-44Shopping Bag Hook ........................ 6-112Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3Specifications .................................... 10-4Speedometer ...................................... 5-35Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4Steering Wheel .................................. 3-58

Horn ........................................... 5-67Storage Compartments .................... 6-110

Cargo securing loops ................ 6-111Center console .......................... 6-110Glove box ................................. 6-110Overhead console ..................... 6-110Rear coat hooks ........................ 6-112Shopping bag hook .................. 6-112

Sunshade ........................................... 3-48Sunvisors .......................................... 6-94

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-36Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-35Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-54Tiedown

Hook .......................................... 7-23Tire Information ................................ 9-23Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-28

System error activation .............. 5-32Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-30Tires and wheels ......................... 5-32

11-6

Index


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (483,1)

T

TiresFlat Tire ........................................ 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-33Replacement ............................... 8-34Rotation ...................................... 8-34Snow tires .................................... 4-9Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3Specifications ............................. 10-8Tire chains .................................... 4-9Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-21

Tool ..................................................... 7-3Towing

Description ................................. 7-22Emergency towing ..................... 7-22Recreational towing ................... 7-25Trailer towing ............................. 4-12

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-25TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-25

Trailer Towing .................................. 4-12Trip Meter ......................................... 5-35Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-37

Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-39Trunk Light ....................................... 3-39Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-60

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-94Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-39ABS ............................................ 5-42Air bag system ........................... 5-44Automatic transaxle ................... 5-47Brake system .............................. 5-41Charging system ......................... 5-43Check engine .............................. 5-43Check fuel cap ........................... 5-45Door-ajar .................................... 5-46Electronic Steering Lock ............ 5-50Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-43Front seat belt pretensionersystem ........................................ 5-44High Engine CoolantTemperature ............................... 5-44KEY Warning Light(Red)/KEY Indicator Light(Green) ....................................... 5-49Low fuel ..................................... 5-45Low washer fluid level ............... 5-46Seat belt ...................................... 5-45Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-47

Warranty ............................................ 9-15Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-25Weights ............................................. 10-6Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-36Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-41Windshield Washer ........................... 5-65Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-62

Blades replacement .................... 8-26Winter Driving .................................... 4-8

Index

11-7


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

Black plate (484,1)

11-8


Form No.8AD2-EA-08K

2010 mazda3 om

Documents

mazda product

mazda ownersmazda3

mazda design

mazda motor corporationprinted

authorized mazda dealer

manual meansdo

kblack plate

air conditioning